Pressure, Level, Flow - TEquipment

ProductsPressure, Level, Flow

www.jumo.net

Products_2012_EN_Titel_4-C_Layout 1 01.09.2011 08:28 Seite 3

JUMO GmbH & Co. KGDelivery address: Mackenrodtstraße 14

36039 Fulda, GermanyPostal address: 36035 Fulda, GermanyPhone: +49 661 6003-0Fax: +49 661 6003-607E-mail: [email protected]: www.jumo.net

JUMO Instrument Co. Ltd.JUMO HouseTemple Bank, RiverwayHarlow, Essex CM20 2DY, UKPhone: +44 1279 635533Fax: +44 1279 635262E-mail: [email protected]: www.jumo.co.uk

JUMO Process Control, Inc.6733 Myers RoadEast Syracuse, NY 13057, USAPhone: 315-437-5866

1-800-554-5866Fax: 315-437-5860E-mail: [email protected]: www.jumousa.com

2014-10-01/00403729

Pressure, Level, Flow

OEM pressure transmitter No.

JUMO MIDAS 401001

Based on JUMO MIDAS C08 401002

High pressure up to 600 bar, JUMO MIDAS HP 401005

JUMO MIDAS SI 401006

Railway, JUMO MIDAS S19 R (only available as price sheet) 401008

Control cabinet applications, JUMO MIDAS DR 401009

Standard, JUMO MIDAS S05 401010

Low pressure from 100 mbar, JUMO MIDAS S06 401011

Seawater, JUMO MIDAS C18 SW 401012

Differential pressure, JUMO MIDAS DP10 401050

Industrial pressure transmitter without display No.

Multi-range pressure and differential pressure transmitter 402005

Elevated medium temperature, JUMO dTRANS p31 402050

Gaseous measuring materials, JUMO dTRANS p32 402051

CANopen output, ceramic measuring cell, JUMO CANtrans p ceramic 402055

CANopen output, JUMO CANtrans p 402056

CANopen output, integrated temperature sensor, JUMO CANtrans pT 402057

Pressure transmitter with wireless data transmission JUMO Wtrans p 402060

Pressure and differential pressure transmitter for gas and air 404304

Low pressure from 50 mbar, pressure transmitter 404327

Standard, JUMO dTRANS p30 404366

Ex version, JUMO dTRANS p33 404753

Industrial pressure transmitter with display No.

Multi-range pressure and differential pressure transmitter 402005

Pressure and differential pressure transmitter for gas and air 404304

Analog process value display 404312

Switching contacts, measurement range scaling, JUMO DELOS SI 405052

Switching contacts, measurement range scaling, JUMO DELOS HP (only available as price sheet) 405054






2014-10-01/00403729

Pressure and differential pressure switches No.

Pressure and differential pressure controllers for air, room and flue gas 404201

Display, measurement range scaling, JUMO DELOS SI 405052

Display, measurement range scaling, JUMO DELOS HP 405054

Process industrial pressure transmitter No.

Differential pressure, optional display, stainless steel housing, JUMO dTRANS p20 DELTA Ex ia 403022

Differential pressure, optional display, stainless steel housing, JUMO dTRANS p20 DELTA Ex d 403023

Optional display, stainless steel housing, JUMO dTRANS p20 Ex ia 403025

Optional display, stainless steel housing, JUMO dTRANS p20 Ex d 403026

Differential pressure, display, aluminum die-cast housing, JUMO dTRANS p02 DELTA Ex ia 404382

Display, aluminum die-cast housing, JUMO dTRANS p02 Ex ia 404385

Low pressure from 100 mbar, display, aluminum die-cast housing, JUMO dTRANS p02 ceramic 404387

Pressure transducers, transmitters No.

Melt pressure transducer, 4ADM-35/52 404450

Melt temperature probe 404452

Pressure devices in Ex version No.

Differential pressure, optional display, stainless steel housing, JUMO dTRANS p20 DELTA Ex ia 403022

Differential pressure, optional display, stainless steel housing, JUMO dTRANS p20 DELTA Ex d 403023

Optional display, stainless steel housing, JUMO dTRANS p20 Ex ia 403025

Optional display, stainless steel housing, JUMO dTRANS p20 Ex d 403026

Differential pressure, display, aluminum die-cast housing, JUMO dTRANS p02 DELTA Ex ia 404382

Display, aluminum die-cast housing, JUMO dTRANS p02 Ex ia 404385

Pressure transmitter and level measurement probe, JUMO dTRANS p33 404753

Pressure transmitter with wireless data transmission No.

Pressure transmitter with wireless data transmission JUMO Wtrans p 402060

Level probes No.

Basic, JUMO MAERA S25 401015

Standard, JUMO MAERA S26 402090

Low pressure from 50 mbar, optional temperature sensor, JUMO MAERA F27 404391

Overvoltage protection, optional temperature sensor, JUMO MAERA S28 404392

Ex version, JUMO dTRANS p33 404753






2014-10-01/00403729

Flow transmitters No.

MID flow transmitter 406010

Paddle-wheel flow sensor 406020

Fittings for flow sensors 406090

Accessories, pressure separators No.

Accessories for pressure devices 409700

Manifolds 409706

JUMO PEKA - Process connection adapter 409711

Pressure separator with taper fitting or threaded adapter DIN 11851 (milk cone) 409772

Pressure separator with clamp connection 409774

Pressure separator with DRD flange or Varivent connection 409776

Pressure separator with ISS or SMS connection or RJT connection and slotted ring nut 409778

Diaphragm chemical seals 4MDV-10 409780

Pressure separator with screw-in thread ISO 228/1 or ANSI B 1.201 409782

Pressure separator with flange connection DIN 2501 with sealing lip form D 409784

Pressure separator with flange connection to ANSI B 16.5 with sealing lip form RF 409786

Pressure separator with flange connection to ANSI B 16.5 with sealing lip form RF 409786




JUMO Process Control, Inc.8 Technology BoulevardCanastota, NY 13032, USAPhone: 315-697-5866

1-800-554-JUMOFax: 315-697-5867E-mail: [email protected]: www.jumousa.com

Data Sheet 401001 Page 1/5

03.08 / 00398114

JUMO MIDASPressure transmitter

Brief descriptionPressure transmitters are used for measuring the relative (gauge) pressure in liquids andgases. The pressure transmitter incorporates a thick-film strain gauge as a measuring de-vice. The pressure sensor has an aluminium-oxide (Al2O3) ceramic base material. Thepressure is converted into an electrical signal.

Technical dataReference conditionsto DIN 16 086 and IEC 770/5.3

Rangessee order details

Overload limitsfor ranges0 — 40 bar 3 x full scaleranges0 — 60 to 0 — 100 bar 2 x full scale

Bursting pressureranges 0 — 40 bar ≤ 5 x full scaleranges0 — 60 to 0 — 100 bar 3 x full scale

Parts in contact with mediumstandard: st. steel, Mat. Ref. 1.4305,

(AI2O3) 96%seal: FPM or FFPM

or CR

Output4 — 20 mA2-wire burden ≤ (UB-10 V) / 0.02A0.5 — 4.5 V burden ≥ 20 kΩ1 — (5)6 V burden ≥ 10 kΩ0 — 10 V burden ≥ 10 kΩ

Burden error< 0.5% max.

Zero offset≤ 0.3% of full scale

Thermal hysteresis≤ ± 0.8% of full scale

Ambient temperature errorwithin range -20 to +85°C(compensated temperature range)zero: ≤ 0.02%/°C typical,

≤ 0.04%/°C max.span: ≤ 0.02%/°C typical,

≤ 0.04%/°C max.

Deviation from characteristic≤ 0.5% of full scale(limit point adjustment)

Hysteresis≤ 0.2% of full scale

Repeatability≤ 0.1% of full scale

Response time≤ 3 msec max.

Stability per year≤ 1% of full scale

Supply10 — 30 V DC (for output 4 — 20 mA

and 1 — (5)6 V)5 V DC (for output 0.5 — 4.5 V)11.5 — 30 V DC (for output 0 — 10 V)Ripple: the voltage spikes must not go above or below the values specified for the supplymax. current drawn: approx. 25 mA

Supply voltage error≤ 0.02% per V(nominal supply voltage 24 V DC)ratiometric with supply 5 V DC (±0.5 V)

Permissible ambient temperaturefor version with plug:-20 to +125°Cfor version with attached cable:-20 to +100°C

Storage temperature-40 to +125°Cfor version with attached cable-20 to +100°C

Permissible temperature of medium-30 to +125°C

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)to EN 61 326

Mechanical shock(to IEC 68-2-27)100 g/1 msec

Mechanical vibration(to IEC 68-2-6)20 g max. at 15 — 2000 Hz

Type 401001/000-xxx-xxx-xx-xxx-61

Type 401001/000-xxx-xxx-xx-xxx-36

03.08 / 00398114







Nominal positionany

Weight100 g

Electrical connection

Connection Terminals

Terminal box61

Cable11

M12x136

Bayonet53

Supply (with output)10 — 30 V DC (1 — (5)6 V)11.5 — 30 V DC (0 — 10 V)5 V DC (0.5 — 4.5 V)

1 L+2 L-

white +brown -

1+2-

1+2-

Output1 — (5)6 V0 — 10 V 0.5 — 4.5 V

2 -3 +

brown -yellow +

2-3+

2-3+

Supply (with output)10 — 30 V DC (4 — 20 mA,

2-wire)

1 L+2 L-

white +brown -

1+3-

1+3-

Output 4 — 20 mA, 2-wire 1 +2 -

whitebrown

1+3-

1+3-

proportional current 4 — 20 mAin supply

1

4

2

3 1

2

3

Protectionwith terminal boxIP65 to EN 60 529(diameter of connecting cable5 mm min., 7 mm max. )with connecting cable or circular connector M 12 x 1IP67 to EN 60 529

Housingstainless steel, Mat. Ref. 1.4305EPDM

Pressure connectionsee order details;other connections on request

Electrical connectionsee order detailsterminal box to DIN 43 650, style A,conductor cross-section up to 1.5 mm2

orattached 4-core PVC cable, length 2 m,other lengths on requestor 4-pole circular connector, M12x1

03.08 / 00398114







Dimensions

2000

27 a/f

68

53

27

26

M12x1

43

27

16

58 27 a/f

ø 27

Pg 9

G 1/4

27 a/f

48

27

29

36

63

78

27 a/f

ø 23.6

58

43

27

16

G 1/8

ø 8

27 a/f

2

10

27

G 1/4

27

24

15

ø 9.5

ø 5

27 a/f

27

27 a/f

15

1/4-18 NPT

29

1214

Profile sealingG 1/4

G 1/4

ø 19

27 a/f 27

Profile sealingG 1/2

1417

27 a/f

G 1/2

ø 27

13

.5

7/16-20 UNF

27

4.5

ø 9.5

27 a/f

12

.5

ø 24

36

7

7/16-20 UNF

27 a/f

Process connections

Electrical connections

11

36

xx61

501502

511

521 523 562 563

03.08 / 00398114







Order details

(1) Basic type401001 Pressure transmitter JUMO MIDAS

(2) Basic type extensions000 none999 special version

(3) Input455 0 ... 1,6 bar gauge pressure456 0 ... 2,5 bar gauge pressure457 0 ... 4 bar gauge pressure458 0 ... 6 bar gauge pressure459 0 ... 10 bar gauge pressure460 0 ... 16 bar gauge pressure461 0 ... 25 bar gauge pressure462 0 ... 40 bar gauge pressure463 0 ... 60 bar gauge pressure464 0 ... 100 bar gauge pressure479 -1 ... 0,6 bar gauge pressure480 -1 ... 1,5 bar gauge pressure481 -1 ... 3 bar gauge pressure482 -1 ... 5 bar gauge pressure483 -1 ... 9 bar gauge pressure484 -1 ... 15 bar gauge pressure485 -1 ... 24 bar gauge pressure999 Sondermessbereich

(4) Output405 4 — 20 mA 2-wire412 0.5 — 4.5 V 3-wire415 0 — 10 V 3-wire418 1 — 5 V 3-wire420 1 — 6 V 3-wire

(5) Process connection (not front-flush)501 G 1/8 to EN 837502 G 1/4 to EN 837511 1/4-18 NPT to EN 837521 G 1/4 to DIN 3852 T11523 G 1/2 to DIN 3852 T11562 7/16 UNF563 7/16 internal UNF, with valve seating

(6) Material of process connection20 stainless steel46 brass (on request)

(7) Material for seal601 FPM602 CR604 FFPM1

999 special material

(8) Electrical connection11 attached cable 2 m36 circular connector M 12 x 161 terminal box

(9) Extra Codes000 none591 throttle in pressure duct624 free from oil and grease

1 Material properties are similar to PTFE.

03.08 / 00398114







Accessories

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)Order code / - - - - - - /Order example 401001 / 000 - 459 - 405 - 523 - 20 - 601 - 11 / 000

Designation Part No.

4-pole straight socket M12x1 with 2 m PVC cable 00404585

4-pole angled socket M12x1, with 2m PVC cable 00409334

/8






Data Sheet 401002

2010-09-01/00544548

JUMO MIDAS C08

OEM pressure transmitter - basic

Applications• Compressors

• Machine and system construction

• Industrial pneumatic uses

• Commercial vehicles

• Building services

Brief descriptionThis pressure transmitter is used as a basic product of the MIDAS family in applicationsrequiring reliable implementation of measurement tasks that are stable over a long time with anexcellent price-to-performance ratio. Beyond the basic product, the MIDAS family offers asolution for every application.The innovative and patented sensor design of the internally developed ceramic sensor ensuresoutstanding long-term stability < 0.2%. Relative pressures from 1.6 bar to 60 bar can bemeasured in gaseous or liquid measuring materials.

Customer benefits• Process safetySpecial design features give the pressure transmitter extraordinary vibration resistance,facilitating use under high vibration loads such as those common in commercial vehicles. Otherfeatures that ensure the highest level of quality include a fully automatic measuring andcalibrating system, the diagnostic function of the circuit and a 100% final inspection.• EconomicalThe Quickon fast connection system allows for reliable installation with less effort. Contactingby the spring contacts is ensured specifically in case of temperature fluctuations. This electricalconnection can be used to shorten assembly times, thereby reducing costs by 60% comparedto conventional types of connections.• DiversityUniversal application ensures a wide selection of measurement ranges, process connectionsand electrical connections.

Type 401002 with QUICKON

Type 401002 with M12x1 connecter

Key features• Long-term stability < 0.2%

• A new level of quality for the OEM sector

• 60% faster device installation with the Quickon fast-connection system

• Temperature compensation range expanded by 50% to -20 to +100 °C

• Vibration performance 2.5 times better than the industry standard

• Made in Germany

/8Data Sheet 401002

2010-09-01/00544548






Technical data

General information

Measuring range

a All pressure transmitters are vacuum-proof

Output

a Additional outputs are available on request.

Mechanical properties

Reference conditions DIN 16086 and DIN EN 60770

SensorPrinciple of measurementPermissible load change

Thick film on ceramic body (piezoresistive) > 10 million, 0 to 100 % measurement range

LocationMounting locationCalibration location

AnyDevice standing vertically, process connection on bottom

Relative pressure The measurement ranges start at 0 bar

Measuring range 1.6 2.5 4 6 10 16 25 40 60 bar

Overload capacity a 6 6 12 12 20 50 50 120 120 bar

Bursting pressure 12 12 25 25 38 75 75 200 200 bar

Relative pressure

Measuring range -1 to 0.6 -1 to 1.5 -1 to 3 -1 to 5 -1 to 9 -1 to 15 -1 to 24 bar

Overload capacity a 6 6 12 12 20 50 50 bar

Bursting pressure 12 12 25 25 38 75 75 bar

Analog output a

Electrical currentOutput 405

VoltageOutput 412Output 415Output 418Output 420

4 to 20 mA, 2 wires

DC 0.5 to 4.5 V, 3 wires, ratiometric 10 to 90% of the supply voltageDC 0 to 10 V, 3 wiresDC 1 to 5 V, 3 wiresDC1 to 6 V, 3 wires

Step response timeT90 ≤ 2 ms

BurdenElectrical current

4 to 20 mA, 2 wiresVoltage

DC 0.5 to 4.5 V, 3 wiresDC 0 to 10 V, 3 wiresDC 1 to 5 V, 3 wiresDC 1 to 6 V, 3 wires

RL ≤ (UB - 8 V) / 0.02 A (Ω)

RL ≥ 5 kΩRL ≥ 10 kΩRL ≥ 10 kΩRL ≥ 10 kΩ

Process connection

MaterialFor plug connection, process connection 383

Stainless steel 304Nickel-plated brass

Process sealInternal material a

Seal 600Seal 601Seal 602Seal 604Seal 609

External material a

for G1/4, Process connection 521

EPDMFPM, standardCRFFPMNBR

FPM

/8Data Sheet 401002

2010-09-01/00544548






a Other materials are available on request.Note the resistance of the selected sealing material!

Ambient conditions

a IEC 60068-2-6b IEC 60068-2-27c EN 61326-2-3d EN 61326-2-3e EN 60529 (with suitable mating piece when connected)

SensorMaterial Ceramic Al2O3 96%

EnclosureMaterial Stainless steel 304

Electrical connectionMaterial

Fixed cable, Electr. connection 11QUICKON, Electr. connection 23Round plug M12x1, Electr. connection 36Bayonet connector, Electr. connection 53Terminal box, Electr. connection 61

PBT-GF30, PVCPBT-GF30PBT-GF30, stainless steel 303LPBT-GF30PBT-GF30, PA, silicon

Weight 70 g with process connection 502 (G1/4)

Permissible temperatures

Medium -20 to +125 °C, on request up to -40 to +135 °C

Environment -20 to +85 °C, on request up to -40 to +125 °C

Storage -40 to +125 °C

Permissible relative humidity

Operation 100% rel. humidity, incl. condensation on the outer sleeve of the instrument

Storage 90% relative humidity, no condensation

Permissible mechanical loading

Vibration strength a 50 g, 10 to 2000 Hz

Shock resistance b 50 g for 3 ms100 g for 2 ms

Electromagnetic compatibility

Interference emission c Class B

Interference immunityd Industrial requirements

Protection e

Fixed cable, Electr. connection 11QUICKON, Electr. connection 23Round plug M12x1, Electr. connection 36Bayonet connector, Electr. connection 53Terminal box, Electr. connection 61

IP67IP67IP67IP67, on request IP69IP65

/8Data Sheet 401002

2010-09-01/00544548






Accuracy

a Linearity based on limit point settingb Includes: linearity, hysteresis, repeatability, deviation from initial and final values of measuring rangec Includes: linearity, hysteresis, repeatability, deviation from initial and final values of measuring range, thermal effect on initial value of measuring

range and span.d with reference conditions to EN 61298-1

Auxiliary power

a Residual ripple: Peak voltages must not exceed or fall below the values specified for the supply voltage!

Relative pressure

Linearity a 0.25% of end val.

Accuracyat +20°C b

at -10 to +85°C c

at -20 to +100°C c

0.35% of end val.0.5% of end val.1% of end val.

Long-term stability d 0.2% of end val. per year

Supply voltage UB a

4 to 20 mA, 2 wires, Output 405DC 0.5 to 4.5 V, 3 wires, Output 412DC 0 to 10 V, 3 wires, Output 415DC 1 to 5 V, 3 wires, Output 418DC 1 to 6 V, 3 wires, Output 420

DC 8 to 30 V, Nominal power supply DC 24 VDC 3 to 5.25 V, Nominal power supply DC 5 VDC 11.5 to 30 V, Nominal power supply DC 24 VDC 8 to 30 V, Nominal power supply DC 24 VDC 8 to 30 V, Nominal power supply DC 24 V

Power consumption

4 to 20 mA, 2 wires, Output 405DC 0.5 to 4.5 V, 3 wires, Output 412DC 0 to 10 V, 3 wires, Output 415DC 1 to 5 V, 3 wires, Output 418DC 1 to 6 V, 3 wires, Output 420

≤ 25 mA≤ 2 mA≤ 3 mA≤ 3 mA≤ 3 mA

Reverse polarity protection YES

Circuit SELV

/8Data Sheet 401002

2010-09-01/00544548






Connection diagram

a Illustration: Connection on pressure transmitter

Connection Terminal assignment a

11Fixed cable

23Quickon

36Round plug

M12x1

53Bayonet

61Terminal

box

4 to 20 mA, 2 wires, output 405

Power supply DC 8 to 30 V UB/S+0 V/S-

WhiteBrown

13

13

12

12

DC 0.5 to 4.5 V, ratiometric, output 412

Power supply DC 3 to 5.25 V UB0 V/S-

S+

WhiteBrownYellow

123

123

123

123

DC 0 to 10 V DC, 3 wires, output 415

Power supply DC 11.5 to 30 V UB0 V/S-

S+

WhiteBrownYellow

123

123

123

123

DC 1 to 5 V DC, 3 wires, output 418DC 1 to 6 V DC, 3 wires, output 420

Power supply DC 8 to 30 V UB0 V/S-

S+

WhiteBrownYellow

123

123

123

123

Color assignment: Round plug M 12 1 bn Brown 4 bk Black The color assignment applies only to A-coded standard cables!2 wh White 5 gy Gray

3 bu Blue

1

2

3 1

4

2

31

2

3

1

2

3

/8Data Sheet 401002

2010-09-01/00544548






Dimensions

Electrical connection11

Fixed cable23

Quickon36

Round plug M12x153

Bayonet connector61

Terminal box

Process connection383

Plug-in screw connection ø6 mm502G1/4

504G1/2

5111/4 - 18 NPT

A = Plug-in screw connection for DN6 hose (external diameter 6 mm)

521G1/4

547Rp 1/8

5627/16 UNF

B = Profile seal G1/4

20

00

44

29

A

2222 22 22

22

B

22

22

/8Data Sheet 401002

2010-09-01/00544548






Order details

a Standard

(1) Basic type401002 JUMO MIDAS C08

OEM pressure transmitter - Basic

(2) Basic type extension000 None999 Special design

(3) Relative pressure measurement rangeOverpressure

455 0 to 1.6 bar456 0 to 2.5 bar457 0 to 4 bar458 0 to 6 bar459 0 to 10 bar460 0 to 16 bar461 0 to 25 bar462 0 to 40 bar463 0 to 60 bar

Negative overpressure479 -1 to +0.6 bar480 -1 to +1.5 bar481 -1 to +3 bar482 -1 to +5 bar483 -1 to +9 bar484 -1 to +15 bar485 -1 to +24 bar

999 Special measurement range

(4) Output405 4 to 20 mA, 2 wires412 DC 0.5 to 4.5 V,, 3 wires, ratiometric415 DC 0 to 10 V, 3 wires418 DC 1 to 5 V, 3 wires420 DC 1 to 6 V, 3 wires

(5) Process connection383 Plug-in screw connection ø6 mm502 G 1/4 DIN EN 837504 G 1/2 DIN EN 837511 1/4-18 NPT DIN EN 837521 G 1/4 DIN 3852 T11547 Rp 1/8562 7/16 UNF

(6) Process connection material20 Stainless steel

(7) Seal material600 EPDM601 FPM a

602 CR604 FFPM609 NBR999 Special material

/8Data Sheet 401002

2010-09-01/00544548






a Other lengths on requestb Only for process connection 511, 521 and material of FPM seal

Stock instrumentsDelivery in 3 working days after receipt of order

Accessories

(8) Electrical connection

11 Fixed cable, 2 m a

23 Quickon

36 Round plug M12x1

53 Bayonet connector DIN 72585-A1-3.1-Sn/K1

61 Terminal box DIN EN 175301-803, Form A, ex DIN 43650

(9) Extra codes

000 None

591 Throttle in pressure channel

624 Free of oil and grease

630 Enlarged pressure channel ø8 mm b

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (9)

Order code / - - - - - - / , ...

Sample order 401002 / 000 - 460 - 412 - 504 - 20 - 600 - 36 / 591 , 624

Type Version Part No.

401002/000-456-405-502-20-601-23/000 0 to 2.5 bar, 4 to 20 mA, G 1/4, FPM, Quickon 00542718

401002/000-458-405-502-20-601-23/000 0 to 6 bar, 4 to 20 mA, G 1/4, FPM, Quickon 00542740




401002/000-456-405-502-20-601-61/000 0 to 2.5 bar, 4 to 20 mA, G 1/4, FPM, terminal box 00546113

401002/000-457-405-502-20-601-61/000 0 to 4 bar, 4 to 20 mA, G 1/4, FPM, terminal box 00546119






401002/000-481-405-502-20-601-61/000 -1 to +3 bar, 4 to 20 mA, G 1/4, FPM, terminal box 00546125


4-pin cable connector, straight M12x1 with 2-m PVC cable 00404585

4-pin cable connector, angled M12x1 with 2-m PVC cable 00409334







200-10-21/00425875

JUMO MIDAS HPOEM-Pressure Transmitter- High pressure

Brief descriptionThis pressure transmitter is used for measuring the relative (gauge) pressure in liquids andgases. The pressure transmitter incorporates the thin-film strain gauge measurement prin-ciple. The pressure is converted into an electrical signal.


Measurement rangessee Order details

Overload limitranges0 to 100 bar to 0 to 250 2 x full scaleranges0 to 400 to 0 to 600 bar 1.5 x full scale

Bursting pressureranges up to 160 to 250 bar 5 x full scalerange0 to 600 bar 3 x full scale

Parts in contact with mediumstandard: stainless steel Mat. Ref. 1.4571 and 1.4542

Output4 to 20 mA2-wire burden ≤ (UB to 10 V) / 0.02A0.5 to 4.5 V burden ≥ 20 kΩ1 to (5)6 V burden ≥ 10 kΩ0 to 10 V burden ≥ 10 kΩ






≤ 0.04%/°C max.

Deviation from characteristic≤ 0.5% of full scale(limit setting)



Settling time≤ 3 msec max.


Supply10 to 30 V DC (output 4 to 20 mA and

1 to (5)6 V)5 V DC (output 0.5 to 4.5 V)11.5 to 30 V DC (output 0 to 10 V)Ripple: the voltage spikes must not go above or below the values specified forthe supplymax. current drawn: approx. 25 mA

Supply voltage error≤ 0.02% per V(nominal supply voltage 24 V DC)ratiometric with supply voltage5 V DC (±0.5 V)

Permissible ambient temperaturefor version with plug:-20 to +125°Cfor version with attached cable:-20 to +100°C




Mechanical shock(as per IEC 68-2-27)100 g/1 msec

Mechanical vibration(to IEC 68-2-6)20 g max. at 15 to 2000 Hz

Type 401005/000-xxx-xxx-xxx-xx-61/000

Type 401005/000-xxx-xxx-xxx-xx-36/000

2008-10-21/00425875







Electrical connectionConnection Terminals

Terminal box Cable M12x1Supply (for output)10 to 30 V DC (1 to (5)6 V)11.5 to 30 V DC (0 to 10 V)5 V DC (0.5 to 4.5 V)

1 L+2 L-

white+brown-

1+2-

Output1 to (5)6 V0 to 10 V 0.5 to 4.5 V

2 -3 +

brown-yellow+

2-3+

Supply (for output)10 to 30 V DC (4 to 20 mA,

2-wire)

1 L+2 L-

white+brown-

1+3-

Output 4 to 20 mA, 2-wire 1 +2 -

white+brown-

1+3-

proportional current 4 to 20 mAin supply

1

4

2

3

Enclosure protectionwith terminal boxIP65 to EN 60 529(diameter of connecting cable5 mm min., 7 mm max. )with connecting cable or circular connector M12 x 1IP67 to EN 60 529

Housingstainless steel, Mat. Ref. 1.4571PBT

Pressure connectionsee Order details;other connections on request

Electrical connectionsee Order detailsterminal box to DIN 43 650,style A,conductor cross-section up to 1.5 mm2;orattached 4-core PVC cable, length 2 mother lengths on requestor 4-pole circular connector M12 x 1

Nominal positionunrestricted

Weight100 g

2008-10-21/00425875







Dimensions


27 a/f

27 a/f

27 a/f

Profile sealingring G1/4

11 36 61

27 a/f27 a/f


27 a/f


Process connection

511 521 523

2008-10-21/00425875







Order details

Accessories

(1) Basic type401005 Pressure transmitter JUMO MIDAS HP

(2) Basic type extension000 none999 special version

(3) Input464 0 to 100 bar gauge pressure465 0 to 160 bar gauge pressure466 0 to 250 bar gauge pressure467 0 to 400 bar gauge pressure468 0 to 600 bar gauge pressure999 special range

(4) Output405 4 to 20 mA 2-wire412 0.5 to 4.5 V 3-wire415 0 to 10 V 3-wire418 1 to 5 V 3-wire420 1 to 6 V 3-wire

(5) Process connection (not front-flush)511 1/4-18 NPT to EN 837521 G 1/4 to DIN 3852 T11523 G 1/2 to DIN 3852 T11

(6) Material of process connection20 stainless steel

(7) Electrical connection11 attached cable 2 m36 circular connector M12 x 161 terminal box

(8) Extra Code000 none591 throttle in pressure duct

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)Order code / - - - - - /

401005 / 000 - 466 - 405 - 523 - 20 - 11 / 000


4-pole straight socket M12x1 with 2m PVC cable 00404585

4-pole angled socket M12x1 with 2 m PVC cable 00409334






06.06 / 00425881


JUMO MIDAS SIOEM-Pressure Transmitter

Brief descriptionThis pressure transmitter can be used for measuring the relative (gauge) and absolutepressures in liquids and gases. The pressure transmitter operates on the piezoresistivemeasuring principle. The pressure is converted into an electrical signal.



Overload limitfor ranges up to0 — 25 bar 3 x full scale

Bursting pressurefor ranges up to0 — 25 bar ≤ 4 x full scale

Parts in contact with mediumstandard: stainless steel, Mat. Ref. 1.4571,

1.4435

Output4 — 20 mA2-wire burden ≤ (UB-10 V) / 0.02A0.5 — 4.5 V burden ≥ 20 kΩ1 — (5)6 V burden ≥ 10 kΩ0 — 10 V burden ≥ 10 kΩ


Zero signal deviation≤ 0.3% of full scale

Thermal hysteresis≤ ± 0.5% of full scale(within compensated temperature range)≤ ± 1% for ranges 0 — 250 mbar

0 — 400 mbar0 — 600 mbar



≤ 0.04%/°C max.




Response time≤ 3 msec max.

Stability over 1 year≤ 1% of full scale

Supply10 — 30 V DC (for output 4 — 20 mA

and 1 — (5)6 V)5 V DC (for output 0.5 — 4.5 V)11.5 — 30 V DC (for output 0 — 10 V)Ripple: the voltage spikes must not go out-side the limits specified for the supply.Max. current drawn: approx. 25 mA

Supply voltage error≤ 0.02% per V(nominal supply voltage 24 V DC)ratiometric with supply 5 V DC (±0.5 V)

Permissible ambient temperaturefor version with connector:-20 to +125°Cfor version with attached cable:-20 to +100°C






Type 401006/000-xxx-xxx-xxx-20-61

Type 401006/000-xxx-xxx-xxx-20-36


06.06 / 00425881






Electrical connection Pin assignmentConnection Terminal assignment

Terminal box Cable M12x1Supply (for output)10 — 30 V DC (1 — (5)6 V)11.5 — 30 V DC (0 — 10 V)5 V DC (0.5 — 4.5 V)

1 L+2 L-

whitebrown

1+2-

Output1 — (5)6 V0 — 10 V 0.5 — 4.5 V

2 -3 +

brownyellow

2-3+

Supply (for output)10 — 30 V DC (4 — 20 mA,

2-wire)

1 L+2 L-

whitebrown

1+3-

Output 4 — 20 mA, 2-wire 1 +2 -

whitebrown

1+3-

proportional 4 to 20 mA currentin supply

Protectionwith terminal boxIP65 to EN 60 529(connection cable diameter:5 mm min., 7 mm max.)with connection cable or with circular connector M 12 x 1IP67 to EN 60 529

Housingstainless steel, Mat. Ref. 1.4301PBT


Electrical connectionsee Order detailsterminal box to DIN 43 650,Style A,conductor cross-section up to 1.5 mm2;orattached 4-core PVC cable, 0.5 m long,other lengths on requestor 4-pole circular connectorM 12 x 1


Weight120 gm

1

4

2

3


06.06 / 00425881






Dimensions

ø

401006/000-XXX-XXX-504-20-61

Pg 9

401006/000-XXX-XXX-504-20-11 401006/000-XXX-XXX-504-20-36

27

27

34

96

2000

26

88

1116

78

12M x1

Profile sealing

521

27a/f

ring G 1/41216

41

G 1/4

19

523

27 a/f

Profile sealingring G 1/2

27

G 1/2

1417

41

562

27a/f

4.5

13.5

40

9.5

7/16-20 UNFØ

Ø

Ø

5

9.5

G 1/4

2

4

15

Ø

Ø

511

27a/f

1/4-18 NPT

15

ø

ø

27a/f

G 1/2

6

17.5

3

6

23

502

27a/f

504

Process connections


06.06 / 00425881






Order details

Accessories

Basic type401006 Pressure transmitter JUMO MIDAS SI

I Basic type extensionI /000 noneI /999 special versionI I InputI I 451 0 0.25 bar gauge pressureI I 452 0 0.4 bar gauge pressureI I 453 0 0.6 bar gauge pressureI I 454 0 1.0 bar gauge pressureI I 455 0 1.6 bar gauge pressureI I 478 -1 0 bar gauge pressureI I 479 -1 0.6 bar gauge pressureI I 487 0 0.6 bar absolute pressureI I 488 0 1.0 bar absolute pressureI I 489 0 1.6 bar absolute pressureI I 490 0 2.5 bar absolute pressureI I 491 0 4 bar absolute pressureI I 492 0 6 bar absolute pressureI I 493 0 10 bar absolute pressureI I 494 0 16 bar absolute pressureI I 495 0 25 bar absolute pressureI I 998 special absolute pressure rangeI I 999 special gauge pressure rangeI I I OutputI I I 405 4 to 20 mA 2-wireI I I 412 0.5 to 4.5 V 3-wireI I I 415 0 to 10 V 3-wireI I I 418 1 to 5 V 3-wireI I I 420 1 to 6 V 3-wireI I I I Process connection (not front-flush)I I I I 502 G 1/4 to EN 837I I I I 504 G 1/2 to EN 837I I I I 511 1/4-18 NPT to EN 837I I I I 521 G 1/4 to DIN 3852 T11I I I I 523 G 1/2 to DIN 3852 T11I I I I 562 7/16 UNFI I I I Material of process connectionI I I I I 20 stainless steelI I I I I I Electrical connectionI I I I I I 11 by attached cable 2 mI I I I I I 36 by circular connector M 12 x 1I I I I I I 61 by terminal boxI I I I I I I Extra codesI I I I I I I 000 noneI I I I I I I 591 Restrictor in pressure channelI I I I I I I I

401006 / - - - - - / Order code


4-pole straight socket M12x1 with 2m PVC cable 00404585

4-pole angled socket M12x1 with 2 m PVC cable 00409334







03.07 / 00480284

JUMO MIDAS DROEM-Pressure Transmitter - Cabinet

Brief descriptionThis pressure transmitter can be used for measuring the relative (gauge) pressure in liquidor gaseous media. The transmitter operates on the thick-film strain gauge measurementprinciple. The pressure sensor features an aluminium-oxide ceramic (Al2O3) base material.The pressure is converted into an electrical signal.

Technical dataUnless further specified, all the followingpercentage value details refer to themeasurement span.

Reference conditionsas per DIN 16 086 and EN 60770

Measuring rangessee order details

Overload limit1

for the pressure transmitter0 — 16 bar 3 x full scale

Bursting pressure1

for the pressure transmitter0 — 16 bar ≤ 5 x full scale

Parts in contact with medium2

as standard: st. steel, Mat.Ref. 1.4305Al2O3 96%

pluggable screwed gland brass (CuZn)seal: FPMOutput4 — 20 mA2-wire burden ≤ (UB-10 V) / 0.02A0.5 — 4.5 Vratiometric burden ≥ 20 kΩ1 — (5)6 V burden ≥ 10 kΩ0 — 10 V burden ≥ 10 kΩ

Overall error3

< 1.5% of full scale4

Deviation from characteristic≤ 0.5% of full scale(limit point setting)

Burden error< 0.5%

Zero offset≤ 0.3%

Thermal hysteresis(within compensated range -20 to +80°C)≤ ± 0.8%

Step responsefor current output ≤3 msecfor voltage output: ≤ 10 msec

Long-term stability per year≤ 1%

Supply voltage10 — 30 V DC (for outputs 4 — 20 mA

and 1 — (5)6 V)5 V DC ±0.5 V (for output 0.5 — 4.5 V)11.5 — 30 V DC (for output 0 — 10 V)Ripple: the voltage peaks must not go outside the limits specified for the supply.max. current drawn: approx. 25 mA

Supply voltage error≤ 0.02% per V(nominal supply voltage 24 V DC)ratiometric with output 0.5 — 4.5 V

Operating temperatureambient: -20 to +80°Cmedium: -15 to +60°Cstorage: -40 to +80°C

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)as per EN 61 326interference emission: Class BInterference immunity: to industrial

requirements

Mechanical shockas per EN 60068-2-27100 g/1 msec

Mechanical vibrationas per EN 60068-2-6≤ 20 g at 15 — 2000 Hz

Enclosure protectionIP40 as per EN 60 529

Housingstainless steel, Mat. Ref. 1.4305

Process connectionsee order details;other connections on request

Electrical connection4-pole terminal block, grid dim. 5 mmconductor cross-section:

rigid 0.2 — 4 mm2

flexible 0.2 — 2.5 mm2

stripped length: 8mmscrew terminals

Operating positionunrestricted

Mountingsnaps onto DIN rail35 mm to EN 60 715

Weight100 gm

Type 401009/000

1 Depending on the process connection and pressure line used by the customer, the overload limits or bursting pressure may deviate from the assured values.

2 The customer must check the compatibility with the medium being measured.3 The overall error includes errors due to linearity, hysteresis, reproducibility and temperature drift within the range from -20 to +80°C.

03.07 / 00480284







Dimensions

Pluggable screwed gland for DN6 hose

Process connection 383 Process connection 547

Electrical connectionConnection Terminal assignment

Terminal blockSupply (with output)10 — 30 V DC (1 — (5)6 V)11.5 — 30 V DC (0 — 10 V)5 V DC (0.5 — 4.5 V)

1 L+2 L-

Output1 — (5)6 V0 — 10 V 0.5 — 4.5 V

2 -3 +

Supply (with output)10 — 30 V DC (4 — 20 mA,

2-wire)

1 L+2 L-

Output 4 — 20 mA, 2-wire 1 +2 -

Proportional 4 — 20 mA currentin supply

PE (protective earth conductor) 4

03.07 / 00480284







Order details(1) Basic type

401009 JUMO MIDAS DR OEM-Pressure transmitter - Cabinet(2) Basic type extensions

/000 none/999 special version

(3) Input for gauge pressure455 0 to 1.6 bar 456 0 to 2.5 bar 457 0 to 4 bar 458 0 to 6 bar 459 0 to 10 bar 460 0 to 16 bar 479 -1 to 0.6 bar 480 -1 to 1.5 bar 481 -1 to 3 bar 482 -1 to 5 bar 483 -1 to 9 bar 484 -1 to 15 bar 999 special measuring range

(4) Output405 4 to 20 mA, 2-wire412 0.5 to 4.5 V, 3-wire415 0 to 10 V, 3-wire418 1 to 5 V, 3-wire420 1 to 6 V, 3-wire

(5) Process connection383 DN6 pluggable screwed gland for pipe/hose 6x4, DN61

547 Rp 1/8 internal(6) Housing material

20 stainless steel(7) Seal material

601 FPM999 special material

(8) Electrical connection06 4-pole terminal block

(9) Extra codes000 none

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)

Order code / - - - - - - /

Order example 401009 / 000 - 459 - 405 - 383 - 20 - 601 - 06 / 000

1 Only suitable for negative gauge pressure (partial vacuum) up to -0.95 bar.






Page 1/8

JUMO MIDAS S05OEM pressure transmitter - universal

Type 401010with terminal box

Type 401010with M12x1 connector

Applications• HVAC (Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning)

• Refrigeration

• Compressor construction

• Machine and plant engineering

• Packaging industry

Brief descriptionThe JUMO MIDAS S05 pressure transmitter is available with both relative pressure and absolutepressure measurement ranges. The high-quality stainless steel welded measuring system with no seals ensures the instrumentcan be used in almost all media, even under harsh conditions. The design offers optimumprotection against process medium escaping. The instrument features a silicon sensor that is able to handle extreme overload, even in the

lowest measuring ranges, and is capable of millions of pressure cycles.

Customer benefits• EconomicalA high level of automation (digital compensation and calibration of the sensor assembly)reduces production time and manufacturing costs.• Process safetyThe piezoresistive silicon sensor is highly overload-resistant and long-term stable. The highquality of every pressure transmitter is ensured by the 100% final inspection within the fullyautomated measuring and calibration system.• Time-saving, uncomplicated and versatileThere is little work involved in mounting the measuring instrument and electrical installation issimple. Universal: thanks to its modular configuration, it can be used in virtually everyapplication.

Special features• 1 bar to 100 bar relative pressure, up to

25 bar in absolute pressure as well

• High level of process safety thanks to a welded measuring system with no seals

• Sturdy and maintenance-free measurement technology with extreme overload resistance


• Sturdy design for a long service life

• Parts in contact with media made of stainless steel

2011-11-21/00526645

Data Sheet 401010


2011-11-21/00526645






Technical data

General information

Measuring range

a All pressure transmitters are vacuum-proof

Output


Reference conditions DIN 16 086 and EN 60770

SensorMaterialPressure transfer mediumPermissible load change

Silicon sensor with stainless steel separating diaphragmSynthetic oil> 10 million

LocationMounting positionCalibration position

AnyDevice standing upright, process connection on bottom

Relative and absolute pressure Measuring ranges start at 0 bar.

Measuring range 1 1.6 2.5 4 6 10 16 25 40 bar

Overload capacity a 4 6 10 16 24 40 60 100 100 bar

Bursting pressure 6 10 15 24 36 60 100 150 150 bar

Relative pressure Measuring ranges start at 0 bar.

Measuring range 60 100 bar

Overload capacity a 180 180 bar

Bursting pressure 250 250 bar

Relative pressure

Measuring range -1 – 0 -1 – 0.6 -1 – 1.5 -1 – 3 -1 – 5 -1 – 9 -1 – 15 -1 – 24 bar

Overload capacity a 4 6 10 16 24 40 60 100 bar

Bursting pressure 6 10 15 24 36 60 100 150 bar

Output signala

CurrentOutput 405


4 – 20 mA, two wires

DC 0.5 – 4.5 V, three wires, ratiometric 10 – 90% of the supply voltageDC 0 – 10 V, three wiresDC 1 – 5 V, three wiresDC 1 – 6 V, three wires

Jump responseT90 ≤5 ms

BurdenCurrent

4 – 20 mA, two wiresVoltage

DC 0.5 – 4.5 V, three wiresDC 1 – 5 V, three wiresDC 1 – 6 V, three wiresDC 0 – 10 V, three wires

Ri ≤ (UB - 8 V) / 0.02 A (Ω)

≥ 05 kΩ≥ 10 kΩ≥ 10 kΩ≥ 10 kΩ


2011-11-21/00526645







a Pressure transmitters with process connection 521 come with an FPM seal.

Ambient conditions

a IEC 60068-2-6b IEC 60068-2-27c EN 61326-2-3d EN 60529e Connecting cable diameter is min. 5 mm, max. 7 mm.

Process connectionMaterial Stainless steel 304a

MembraneMaterial Stainless steel 316L

EnclosureMaterial Stainless steel 304


Fixed cable, Electr. connection 11Quickon, Electr. connection 23Round plug M12x1, Electr. connection 36Bayonet connector, Electr. connection 53Terminal box, Electr. connection 61

PBT-GF30, PVCPBT-GF30PBT-GF30, stainless steel 303PBT-GF30PBT-GF30, PA, silicon

Weight approx. 80 g with process connection 502 (G1/4)

Permissible temperaturesElectrical connections 36, 53 or 61

MediumEnvironmentStorage

Electrical connection 11MediumEnvironmentStorage

At ambient temperature -50°CRestricted function

-40 – +125°C-40 – +125°C-40 – +125°C

-40 – +125°C-40 – +100°C-40 – +100°C

Stationary use only, danger of broken cable

Permissible relative humidityIn operationStorage

100% rel. humidity, incl. condensation on the outer sleeve of the instrument90% relative humidity, no condensation

Permissible mechanical loadingVibration resistancea

Shock resistanceb20 g, 10 – 2000 Hz50 g for 11 ms100 g for 1 ms

Electromagnetic compatibilityInterference emissionc

Interference immunitycClass BIndustrial requirements

Enclosure protectiond

Fixed cable, Electr. connection 11Relative pressure measuring rangesAbsolute pressure measuring ranges

Quickon, Electr. connection 23M12x1 round plug, Electr. connection 36Bayonet connector, Electr. connection 53Terminal boxe, Electr. connection 61

IP66IP67IP66IP66IP67IP65


2011-11-21/00526645






Accuracy

a Linearity based on limit point settingb Includes: linearity, hysteresis, repeatability, deviation from initial and full scale values of the measuring range c Includes: linearity, hysteresis, repeatability, deviation from initial and final values of measuring range,

thermal effect on initial value of measuring range and spand EN 61298-1

Auxiliary power


Relative and absolute pressure Measuring ranges start at 0 bar.

Measuring range 1 1.6 2.5 4 6 10 16 25 40 bar

Linearitya 0.3 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.2 0.2 0.2 % of FS

Accuracy, 20°Cb 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 % of FS

Accuracy, -20 – +100°Cc 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 % of FS


Measuring range 60 100 bar

Linearitya 0.2 0.2 % of FS

Accuracy, 20°Cb 0.5 0.5 % of FS

Accuracy, -20 – +100°Cc 1.0 1.0 % of FS

Relative pressure

Measuring range -1 – 0 -1 – 0.6 -1 – 1.5 -1 – 3 -1 – 5 -1 – 9 -1 – 15 -1 – 24 bar

Linearitya 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.2 % of FS

Accuracy, 20°Cb 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 % of FS

Accuracy, -20 – +100°Cc 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.0 1.0 % of FS

Long-term stabilityd < 0.2% of FS

Supply voltage UBa

4 – 20 mA, two wires, output 405DC 0.5 – 4.5 V, three wires, output 412

DC 0 – 10 V, three wires, output 415DC 1 – 5 V, three wires, output 418DC 1 – 6 V, three wires, output 420

DC 8 – 30 V, nominal power supply DC 24 VDC 3 – 5.25 V, nominal supply voltage DC 5 V, radiometric output 10 – 90% of the

supply voltageDC 11,5 – 30 V, nominal power supply DC 24 VDC 8 – 30 V, nominal power supply DC 24 VDC 8 – 30 V, nominal power supply DC 24 V

Power consumption ≤ 25 mA

Reverse polarity protection Yes

Circuit SELV


2011-11-21/00526645






Connection diagram

a Illustration shows the pressure transmitter connector

Connection Terminal assignmenta

11Fixed cable

23Quickon

36Round plug,

M12x1

53Bayonet

61Terminal

box

4 – 20 mA, two wires, output 405

Supply voltage 8 – 30 V DC UB/S+0 V/S-

WhiteBrown

13

13

12

12

DC 0.5 – 4.5 V Ratiometric, output 412

Supply voltage DC 3 – 5.25 VRatiometric output 10 – 90 % of thesupply voltage

UB0 V/S-

S+

WhiteBrownYellow

123

123

123

123

DC 0 – 10 V, three wires, output 415

Supply voltage DC 11.5 – 30 V UB0 V/S-

S+

WhiteBrownYellow

123

123

123

123

DC 1 – 5 V, three wires, output 418DC 1 – 6 V, three wires, output 420

Supply voltage DC 8 – 30 V UB0 V/S-

S+

WhiteBrownYellow

123

123

123

123

Color assignment: Round plug, M12x1 1 bn Brown 4 bk Black The color assignment applies only to A-coded standard cables!2 wh White 5 gy Gray

3 bu Blue

1

2

3 1

4

2

31

2

3

1

2

3


2011-11-21/00526645






Dimensions


Fixed cable23

Quickon36

Round plug, M12x153

Bayonet connector61

Terminal box

Process connection501G1/8

502G1/4

504G1/2

5111/4 - 18 NPT

521G1/4

5627/16-20 UNF

5637/16 UNF inside

A = G1/4 profile seal B = 7/16-20 UNF inside, with valve core depresser

26

56

16

3.7

26

56

16

11

42

M12x1 ø23.6

41

15

.5

35

Pg 9

29

55

24

18

G1/8

ø8

24

12

ø4

ø2.5 2

4

15

G1/4

ø9.5

ø5

24

21

ø17.5

G1/2

ø6

ø2.5

29

3

6

23

24

1/4-18 NPT

ø2.5

21

15

24

ø2.5

G1/4

122

0

24

A

ø2.5

ø9.5

7/16-20 UNF

ø1

9.5

13

.5 4.5

24

7/16-20 UNF

ø21

13

7 7

24

B


2011-11-21/00526645







401010/000 JUMO MIDAS S05 pressure transmitter401010/999 JUMO MIDAS S05 pressure transmitter, special design

(2) Input454 0 – 1 bar relative pressure455 0 – 1.6 bar relative pressure456 0 – 2.5 bar relative pressure457 0 – 4 bar relative pressure458 0 – 6 bar relative pressure459 0 – 10 bar relative pressure460 0 – 16 bar relative pressure461 0 – 25 bar relative pressure462 0 – 40 bar relative pressure463 0 – 60 bar relative pressure464 0 – 100 bar relative pressure

478 -1 – 0 bar relative pressure479 -1 – 600 mbar relative pressure480 -1 – 1.5 bar relative pressure481 -1 – 3 bar relative pressure482 -1 – 5 bar relative pressure483 -1 – 9 bar relative pressure484 -1 – 15 bar relative pressure485 -1 – 24 bar relative pressure

488 0 – 1 bar absolute pressure489 0 – 1.6 bar absolute pressure490 0 – 2.5 bar absolute pressure491 0 – 4 bar absolute pressure492 0 – 6 bar absolute pressure493 0 – 10 bar absolute pressure494 0 – 16 bar absolute pressure495 0 – 25 bar absolute pressure

998 Special measuring range for absolute pressure999 Special measuring range for relative pressure

(3) Output405 4 – 20 mA, two wires412 DC 0.5 – 4.5 V, three wires415 DC 0 – 10 V, three wires418 DC 1 – 5 V, three wires420 DC 1 – 6 V, three wires

(4) Process connection501 G 1/8 to DIN EN 837502 G 1/4 to DIN EN 837504 G 1/2 to DIN EN 837511 1/4-18 NPT to DIN 837521 G1/4 to DIN 3852 T11562 7/16 - 20 UNF563 7/16 - 20 UNF inside, with valve opener

(5) Process connection material20 CrNi (stainless steel)

(6) Electrical connection11 Fixed cable a

23 Quickon36 Round plug, M12x153 Bayonet instrument connector DIN 72585b

61 Terminal box EN 175301-803, Form A, ex DIN 43650


2011-11-21/00526645






Notes on the order detailsa Electrical connection 11

Standard: 2 m fixed cable, other lengths available on requestb Electrical connection 53

Bayonet connector DIN 72585-A1-3.1-Sn/K1c Extra code 630

Diameter 6 mm for process connection 501Diameter 8 mm for process connections 511 and 521

Minimum order quantity for production orders: 5 unitsMinimum order quantity for storage orders: 1 unit

Stock versions

Accessories

(7) Extra codes000 No extra code591 Throttle in pressure channel624 Free of oil and grease630 Enlarged pressure channelc

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (7)

Order code - - - - - / , ...

Sample order 401010/000 - 459 - 405 - 504 - 20 - 61 / 591 , 624

Order code Description Part no.

401010/000-456-405-502-20-61/000 0 – 2.5 bar; 4 – 20 mA; G1/4; terminal box 43012486

401010/000-457-405-502-20-61/000 0 – 4 bar; 4 – 20 mA; G1/4; terminal box 00517155



401010/000-459-405-563-20-61/000 0 – 10 bar; 4 – 20 mA; 7/16-20UNF; terminal box 43012540



401010/000-483-405-563-20-61/000 -1 – 9 bar; 4 – 20 mA; 7/16 - 20 UNF; terminal box 00531777

401010/000-491-405-502-20-61/000 0 – 4 bar abs.; 4 – 20 mA; G1/4; terminal box 43012517

401010/000-492-405-502-20-61/000 0 – 6 bar abs.; 4 – 20 mA; G1/4; terminal box 00526283

Description Part no.

Cable connector, straight, 4-pin, M12x1, 2m PVC cable 00404585

Cable connector, angled, 4-pin, M12x1, 2m PVC cable 00409334

/8

JUMO MIDAS S06OEM-Pressure transmitter - Low pressure


Type 401011with M12x1 connector

Applications• HVAC (Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning)

• Filter technology

• Machine and system construction

• Measurement of liquid levels

• Bubbling-through method

• Packaging industry

Brief descriptionThe JUMO MIDAS S06 pressure transmitter is already available with measuring ranges from100 mbar. The instrument features a silicon sensor that is able to handle extreme overload, evenin the lowest measuring ranges, and is capable of millions of pressure cycles.The high-quality stainless steel welded measuring system with no seals ensures the instrumentcan be used in almost all media, even under harsh conditions. The design offers optimum safetyagainst process medium escaping.

Customer benefits• EconomicalA high level of automation (digital compensation and calibration of the sensor assembly)reduces production time and manufacturing costs.• Process safetyThe piezoresistive silicon sensor is highly overload-resistant and long-term stable. The highquality of every pressure transmitter is ensured by the 100% final inspection within the fullyautomated measuring and calibration system.• Time-saving, uncomplicated and versatileThere is little work involved in mounting the measuring instrument and electrical installation issimple. Universal, thanks to its modular configuration, it can be used in virtually everyapplication.

Key features• Measuring ranges from 100 mbar

• Suitable for measuring aggressive liquids

• High level of process safety thanks to a welded measuring system with no seals

• Sturdy and maintenance-free measurement technology with extreme overload resistance


• Parts in contact with media made of stainless steel

2011-11-21/005545579

Data Sheet 401011

2011-11-21/005545579

Page 2/8Data Sheet 401011

Technical data

General

Measuring range

Output


Reference conditions DIN 16 086 and EN 60770

SensorMaterialPressure transfer mediumPermissible load change

silicon sensor with stainless steel separating diaphragmsynthetic oil> 10 million

LocationMounting locationCalibration locationLocation-dependent zero point offset

anydevice standing vertically, process connection on bottom≤ 1,5 mbar, process connection on top

Relative pressure The measuring ranges start at 0 bar.

Measuring range 100 160 250 400 600 mbar

Overload capacity -0.4 to 0.4 -0.64 to 0.64 -1 to 1 -1 to 1.6 -1 to 2.4 bar

Bursting pressure -0.6 to 0.6 -0.96 to 0.96 1.5 2 3.6 bar

Relative pressure

Measuring range -100 to 100 -400 to 400 mbar

Overload capacity -0.4 to 0.4 -1 to 1.6 bar

Bursting pressure 600 2 bar

Output signala

CurrentOutput 405


4 to 20 mA, 2 wires

0.5 to 4.5 V DC,3 wires, ratiometric 10 to 90% of the supply voltage0 to 10 V DC, 3 wires1 to 5 V DC, 3 wires1 to 6 V DC, 3 wires

Jump responseT90 ≤ 5 ms

BurdenCurrent

4 to 20 mA, 2 wiresVoltage

0.5 to 4.5 V DC, 3 wires1 to 5 V DC, 3 wires1 to 6 V DC, 3 wires0 to 10 V DC, 3 wires

RL ≤ (UB - 8 V) / 0.02 A (Ω)

RL ≥ 05 kΩRL ≥ 10 kΩRL ≥ 10 kΩRL ≥ 10 kΩ

2011-11-21/005545579



a Pressure transmitters with process connection 521 come with an FPM seal.

Ambient conditions

a IEC 60068-2-6b IEC 60068-2-27c EN 61326-2-3d EN 60529e Connecting cable diameter is min. 3.5 mm, max. 6 mm.f Connecting cable diameter is min. 5 mm, max. 7 mm.

Process connectionMaterial Stainless steel 304a

MembraneMaterial Stainless steel 316L

HousingMaterial Stainless steel 304


Fixed cable, Electr. connection 11Quickon, Electr. connection 23M12x1 round plug, Electr. connection 36Bayonet connector, Electr. connection 53Terminal box, Electr. connection 61

PBT-GF30, PVCPBT-GF30PBT-GF30, stainless steel 303PBT-GF30PBT-GF30, PA, silicon

Weight approx. 80 g with process connection 502 (G1/4)


MediumEnvironmentStorage

Measuring range100, 160, 250, -100 to 100 mbar0 to +80 °C0 to +80 °C-20 to +100 °C

Measuring range≥ 400 mbar-20 to +100 °C-20 to +100 °C-20 to +100 °C

Permissible relative humidityIn operationStorage


Permissible mechanical loadingVibration strength a

Shock resistance b20 g, 10 to 2000 Hz50 g for 11 ms100 g for 1 ms

Electromagnetic compatibilityInterference emission c

Interference immunity cClass Bindustrial requirements

Enclosure protectiond

Fixed cable, Electr. connection 11Relative pressure rangesAbsolute pressure ranges

Quickone, Electr. connection 23M12x1 round plug, Electr. connection 36Bayonet connector, Electr. connection 53Terminal boxf, Electr. connection 61

IP66IP67IP66IP66IP67IP65

2011-11-21/005545579


Accuracy

a Linearity based on limit point settingb Includes: linearity, hysteresis, repeatability, deviation from initial and full scale values of the measuring range c Includes: linearity, hysteresis, repeatability, deviation from initial and full scale values of the measuring range,

thermal effect on start of measuring range and spand EN 61298-1e max. permissible ambient and medium temperatures +80°C

Auxiliary power



Measuring range 100 160 250 400 600 mbar

Linearity a 0.35 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 % of FS

Accuracy, 20°Cb 1.2 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.7 % of FS

Accuracy, -20 to +100°C (80°C)c 2e 1.9e 1.8e 1.7 1.6 % of FS

Relative pressure

Measuring range -100 to 100 -400 to 400 mbar

Linearity a 0.3 0.3 % of FS

Accuracy, 20°Cb 1 0.7 % of FS

Accuracy, -20 to +100°C (80°C)c 2e 1.7 % of FS

Long-term stability d < 0.2% of FS

Supply voltage UB a

4 to 20 mA, 2 wires, Output 4050.5 to 4.5 V DC,3 wires, Output 412

0 to 10 V DC, 3 wires, Output 4151 to 5 V DC, 3 wires, Output 4181 to 6 V DC, 3 wires, Output 420

8 to 30 V DC, nominal supply voltage 24 V DC3 to 5.25 V DC, nominal supply voltage 5 V DC, ratiometric output

10 to 90% of supply voltage11.5 to 30 V DC, nominal supply voltage 24 V DC8 to 30 V DC, nominal supply voltage 24 V DC8 to 30 V DC, nominal supply voltage 24 V DC


Reverse polarity protection yes

Circuit SELV

2011-11-21/005545579


Connection diagram

a Illustration shows the pressure transmitter connector

Connection Terminal assignment a

11Fixed cable

23Quickon

36Round plug,

M12x1

53Bayonet

61Terminal

box

4 to 20 mA, two wires, output 405

Supply voltage 8 to 30 V DC UB/S+0 V/S-

whitebrown

13

13

12

12

0.5 to 4.5 V DC, ,ratiometric, output 412

Supply voltage 3 to 5.25 V DCRatiometric output 10 to 90% of supply voltage

UB0 V/S-

S+

whitebrownyellow

123

123

123

123

0 to 10 V DC, 3 wires, output 415

Supply voltage 11.5 to 30 V DC UB0 V/S-

S+

whitebrownyellow

123

123

123

123

1 to 5 V DC, 3 wires, output 4181 to 6 V DC, 3 wires, output 420

Supply voltage 8 to 30 V DC UB0 V/S-

S+

whitebrownyellow

123

123

123

123

Color assignment: Round plug, M12x1 1 bn Brown 4 bk Black The color assignment onlyapplies to A-coded standard cables !2 wh White 5 gy Gray

3 bu Blue

1

2

3 1

4

2

31

2

3

1

2

3

2011-11-21/005545579


Dimensions


Fixed cable23

Quickon36

M12 round plug53

Bayonet connector61

Terminal box

Process connection501G1/8

502G1/4

504G1/2

5111/4 - 18 NPT

521G1/4

5627/16-20 UNF

5637/16 UNF inside

A = G1/4 profile seal B = 7/16-20 UNF inside, with valve opener

26

54

16

3.7

26

54

16

11

40

M12x1 ø23.6

39

15

.5

35

Pg 9

29

53

24

18

G1/8

ø8

24

12

ø4

ø2.5 2

4

15

G1/4

ø9.5

ø5

24

21

ø17.5

G1/2

ø6

ø2.5

29

3

6

23

24

1/4-18 NPT

ø2.5

21

15

24

ø2.5

G1/4

122

0

24

A

ø2.5

ø9.5

7/16-20 UNF

ø1

9.5

13

.5 4.5

24

7/16-20 UNF

ø21

13

7 7

24

B

2011-11-21/005545579


Order details

Notes on the order detailsa Electrical connection 11

As standard: 2 m fixed cableb Electrical connection 53

Bayonet connector DIN 72585-A1-3.1-Sn/K1c Extra code 630

6 mm diameter for process connections 501 8 mm diameter for process connections 511 and 521

Minimum order quantity for production orders: 5 pieces

(1) Basic type401011/000 JUMO MIDAS S06 pressure transmitter401011/999 JUMO MIDAS S06 pressure transmitter, special design

(2) Input414 0 to 100 mbar relative pressure415 0 to 160 mbar relative pressure451 0 to 250 mbar relative pressure452 0 to 400 mbar relative pressure453 0 to 600 mbar relative pressure

446 -100 to 100 mbar relative pressure447 -400 to 400 mbar relative pressure

999 Special measuring range for relative pressure

(3) Output405 4 to 20 mA, 2-w412 0.5 to 4.5 V DC, 3-w415 0 to 10 V DC, 3-w418 1 to 5 V DC, 3-w420 1 to 6 V DC, 3-w

(4) Process connection501 G1/8 EN 837502 G1/4 EN 837504 G1/2 EN 837511 1/4-18 NPT DIN 837521 G1/4 DIN 3852-11562 7/16 - 20 UNF563 7/16 - 20 UNF inside with valve opener

(5) Process connection material20 CrNi (stainless steel)

(6) Electrical connection11 With fixed cablea

23 Quickon36 Round plug, M12x153 DIN 72585 bayonet instrument connectorb


(7) Extra codes000 No extra code591 Throttle in pressure channel624 Free of oil and grease630 Enlarged pressure channelc

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (7)

Order code - - - - - / , ...

Order example 401011/000 - 454 - 405 - 504 - 20 - 61 / 591 , 624

2011-11-21/005545579


AccessoriesDesignation Part No.

cable connector, straight, 4-pin, M12x1 with 2 m PVC cable 00404585

cable connector, angled, 4-pin, M12x1 with 2 m PVC cable 00409334

/7

JUMO GmbH & Co. KG Telefon: +49 661 6003-715Hausadresse: Moritz-Juchheim-Straße 1, 36039 Fulda, Germany Telefax: +49 661 6003-606Lieferadresse: Mackenrodtstraße 14, 36039 Fulda, Germany E-Mail: [email protected]: 36035 Fulda, Germany Internet: www.jumo.net

Data Sheet 401012

2013-03-06/00574065

JUMO MIDAS C18 SW

OEM pressure transmitter - seawater

Applications• Water treatment (reverse osmosis), for example sea water desalination plants, deionized

water plants (e.g. to generate pure water)

• Organic acids, for example acetic acid

• Solutions containing chlorides such as sea water, brackish water and salt solutions, for example ballast tanks on ships, offshore applications, tide level measuring systems and above-ground fish farms

Brief descriptionThe JUMO MIDAS C18 SW pressure transmitter has a resistant and hysteresis-free ceramic measuring cell as well as a titanium housing and process connection.Titanium was selected as a material due to its extraordinarily high resistance to corrosion, especially compared to organic acids and solutions containing chlorides.The instrument is able to record relative pressures in the measuring range 1.6 to 100 bar.4 to 20 mA (two wires) and DC 0 to 10 V (three wires) are available as standard signals.

Customer benefits• Process safety

The high quality of each pressure transmitter is ensured by a 100 % final inspection of a fully automated measuring and calibrating system.The resistance of the materials that are used leads to high system availability. Together with the oil-free measuring cell, which does not allow any filling oil to escape if the instrument bursts, a high level of process safety is ensured for critical processes, for example reverse osmosis.

• EconomicalA proven design ensures efficient production, which shortens delivery times. The resistant materials cut down on cleaning and repair processes, reducing system downtimes accordingly as well as associated costs.The compact and light design opens up many possible applications for users and also makes it easier to decide what to buy when it comes time for a replacement.

Special features• Aluminum oxide ceramic measuring cell

• Titanium enclosure and process connection

• Long-term stability < 0.2 %

• Weighs about 40 % less compared to comparable stainless steel variants

• Encapsulated for protection against vibration, condensation and moisture

• Made in Germany

Type 401012 with fixed cable

/7Data Sheet 401012

2013-03-06/00574065


Technical data

General information

Measuring range

Output

Reference conditions DIN 16086 and EN 60770

Sensor

Principle of measurement Thick film on ceramic body (piezoresistive)

Permissible load change 10 million, 0 to 100 % measurement range

Location

Mounting position Any

Calibration position Device standing upright, process connection on bottom

Relative pressure The measurement ranges start at 0 bar

Measuring range 1.6 2.5 4 6 10 16 25 40 60 100 bar

Overload capacitya

a All pressure transmitters are vacuum-proof.

6 6 12 12 20 50 50 120 120 180 bar

Bursting pressure 12 12 25 25 38 75 75 200 200 250 bar

Relative pressure

Measuring range -1 to +0.6 -1 to +1.5 -1 to +3 -1 to +5 -1 to +9 -1 to +15 -1 to +24 bar

Overload capacitya 6 6 12 12 20 50 50 bar

Bursting pressure 12 12 25 25 38 75 75 bar

Analog outputa


Electrical current

Output 405 4 to 20 mA, two wires

Voltage

Output 415 DC 0 to 10 V, three wires

Step response time

T90 2 ms

Burden

Electrical current

4 to 20 mA, two wires RL (UB - 8 V)/0.02 A (Voltage

DC 0 to 10 V, three wires RL 10 k

/7Data Sheet 401012

2013-03-06/00574065



Ambient conditions

Process connection

Material Titanium grade 2 3.7035 (Ti2)

Process seala

a Additional materials are available on request. Note the resistance of the selected sealing material!

Seal 601 FPM

Sensor

Material Ceramic Al2O3 96 %

Enclosure

Material Titanium grade 2 3.7035 (Ti2)


Material

Fixed cable, electrical connection 11

PBT-GF30, PVC

Round plug M12 × 1, electrical connection 36

PBT-GF30

Terminal box, electrical connection 61

PBT-GF30, PA, silicon

Weight 44 g with process connection 502 (G 1/4) and electrical connection 36 (round plug M12 × 1)


Medium -20 to +125 °C

Environment -20 to +85 °C, -40 to +125 °C on request

Storage -40 to +125 °C, for version with fixed cable -20 to +100 °C


In operation 100 % rel. humidity, incl. condensation on the outer sleeve of the instrument

Storage 90 % relative humidity, no condensation


Vibration resistancea

a IEC 60068-2-6

20 g, 15 to 2000 Hz

Shock resistanceb

b IEC 60068-2-27

100 g for 1 ms


Interference emissionc

c EN 61326-2-3

Class B

Interference immunityc Industrial requirements

Protectiond

d EN 60529 (when connected with suitable mating piece)

Fixed cable,electrical connection 11

IP67

Round plug M12 × 1, electrical connection 36

IP67

Terminal box, electrical connection 61

IP65

/7Data Sheet 401012

2013-03-06/00574065


Accuracy

Auxiliary power

Relative pressure

Nominal measuring range (bar) 0 to 1.6 0 to 2.5 0 to 4 0 to 6 0 to 10 0 to 16 0 to 25 0 to 40 0 to 60 0 to 100

Non-linearity (% of end value)a

a Non-linearity based on limit point setting

0.3 0.25

Total error at 20 °C (% of end value)b

b Includes: non-linearity, hysteresis, non-repeatability, deviation from initial and final values of measuring range

0.5

Total error for -20 to +100 °C(% of end value)c

c Includes: non-linearity, hysteresis, non-repeatability, deviation from initial and final values of measuring range, thermal effect on initial value ofmeasuring range and span

1.6 1.4

Long-term stabilityd

d See data sheet 401002

0.2 % of end value annually

Relative pressure

Measuring range (bar) -1 to 1.6 -1 to 1.5 -1 to 3 -1 to 5 -1 to 9 -1 to 15 -1 to 24

Non-linearity (% of end value)a 0.3 0.25

Total error at 20 °C (% of end value)b

0.6 0.5

Total error for -20 to +100 °C(% of end value)c

1.6 1.4

Long-term stability d 0.2 % of end value annually

Supply voltage UBa

a Residual ripple: Peak voltages must not exceed or fall below the values specified for the supply voltage.

4 to 20 mA, two wires,output 405

DC 10 to 30 V, nominal power supply DC 24 V

DC 0 to 10 V, three wires,output 415

DC 11.5 to 30 V, nominal power supply DC 24 V

Power consumption

4 to 20 mA, two wires,output 405

25 mA

DC 0 to 10 V, three wires,output 415

3 mA


Circuit SELV

/7Data Sheet 401012

2013-03-06/00574065


Connection diagram

Dimensions

Electrical connection and process connection

Tourque: 8 ±2 Nm

Connection Terminal assignmenta

a Illustration: Connection on pressure transmitter

11Fixed cable

36Round plug M12 × 1

61Terminal box

4 to 20 mA, two wires, output 405

Supply voltage DC 8 to 30 V UB/S+0 V/S-

WhiteBrown

1 BN3 BU

12

DC 0 to 10 V, three wires, output 415

Supply voltage DC 11.5 to 30 V UB0 V/S-

S+

WhiteBrownYellow

1 BN2 WH3 BU

123

Color assignment: Round plug M12 × 1 1 BN Brown

2 WH White

3 BU Blue

4 BK Black

The color assignment applies only to A-coded standard cables!

11 36 61

1

4

2

3

1

2

3

24

/7Data Sheet 401012

2013-03-06/00574065



401012 JUMO MIDAS C18 SW - OEM pressure transmitter - Seawater

(2) Basic type extension

000 None

999 Special design

(3) Relative pressure measuring range

Overpressure

455 0 to 1.6 bar

456 0 to 2.5 bar

457 0 to 4 bar

458 0 to 6 bar

459 0 to 10 bar

460 0 to 16 bar

461 0 to 25 bar

462 0 to 40 bar

463 0 to 60 bar

464 0 to 100 bar

Negative overpressure

479 -1 to +0.6 bar

480 -1 to +1.5 bar

481 -1 to +3 bar

482 -1 to +5 bar

483 -1 to +9 bar

484 -1 to +15 bar

485 -1 to +24 bar

999 Special measuring range

(4) Output

405 4 to 20 mA, two wire

415 DC 0 to 10 V, 3 wire

(5) Process connection

521 G 1/4 DIN EN 837a

a Only available in combination with extra code 630, enlarged pressure channel.

(6) Process connection material

60 Titanium

(7) Seal material

601 FPMb

b as standard


11 Fixed cable, 2 m (other lengths available on request)

36 Round plug M12 × 1


(9) Extra codes

000 None

630 Enlarged pressure channel Ø 8 mm

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)

Order code / - - - - - - / ...

Sample order 401012 / 000 - 460 - 405 - 521 - 60 - 601 - 11 / 630

/7Data Sheet 401012

2013-03-06/00574065


AccessoriesType Part no.

4-pin cable connector, straight, M12 × 1 with 2 m PVC cable 00404585

4-pin cable connector, angled, M12 × 1 with 2 m PVC cable 00409334






Page 1/8

JUMO MAERA S25

Level Probe

ApplicationsLevel and liquid level measurements1

• in rainwater cisterns• for graywater recycling• in heating oil and diesel oil tanks• in AUS32 (better known under the designation „AdBlue®“ in Europe, „DEF“ in North America,

or „ARLA 32“ in Brazil)

Brief description

The JUMO MAERA S25 level probe can be used for hydrostatic liquid level measurement intanks, for levels from 2.50 m to 10 mWC (water column).

There is usually a pressure compensation tube integrated in the cable to compensate forambient pressure. A cost-optimizing approach has been adopted for this level probe, byencasing a standard cable in a protective tube. The protective tube then implements thepressure compensation.

For additional, interesting information, see the "level probes - hydrostatic level and liquid levelmeasurement" brochure.

Customer benefits• Economy

Development is based on sensor technology that has proved its worth a thousand times over in the pressure transmitters of the JUMO MIDAS product family. Digital compensation and calibration of the sensor assembly save time and cost. Optimum use is made of materials by keeping dimensions small. A standard cable is encased in a protective tube suitable for the application. The result of all this is an excellent price/performance ratio.

• Process safetyBecause the measuring and calibrating system is fully automatic, the high level of quality of every level probe is assured throughout. The crucial element is a piezoresistive measuring cell, safe and reliable with a high overload resistance.

• 2-wire polarity reversal protectionPolarity reversal protection ensures maximum safety on startup for level probes with a 2-wire output, protecting the measuring instrument from destruction during startup.

1 Although these recommendations are based on many years of experience, deviation is possible in some cases. We would be happy to provide you with additional information or details of other applications.

Type 401015 with process connection 707

Key features• Measuring ranges: 0 to 0.25/0.4/0.6/1 bar

(0 to 50 °C)• Piezoresistive sensor• Sensor-technology that has proved its

worth a thousand times over• 2-wire polarity reversal protection

Data Sheet 401015

2013-06-18/00534318

2013-06-18/00534318







Technical data

General information

Measuring range

Output


Principle of measurement Piezoresistive sensor with stainless steel separating diaphragm

Pressure transfer medium Synthetic oil

Permissible load change > 10 million, 0 to 100 % measuring range

Mounting location Vertical/suspended on the cable


Measuring range 0.25 0.4 0.6 1 bar

Overload capacity 0.75 1.2 1.8 3 bar

Bursting pressure 1 1.6 2.4 4 bar

Analog output

Current

Output 405 4 to 20 mA, 2-wires

Voltage

Output 412 DC 0.5 to 4.5 V, 3-wires, ratiometric 10 to 90 % of the supply voltage

Output 415 DC 0 to 10 V, 3-wires



Jump response

T90 10 ms

Burden

Current

4 to 20 mA, 2-wires RL [(UB - 10 V) ÷ 0.02 A] ()

Voltage

DC 0.5 to 4.5 V, 3-wires RL 20 kDC 0 to 10 V, 3-wires RL 10 kDC 1 to 5 V, 3-wires RL 10 kDC 1 to 6 V, 3-wires RL 10 k

2013-06-18/00534318








It is vital to note the resistance of the materials to the medium!

Ambient conditions

Accuracy

Process connection

Material

Process connection 567 Stainless steel 316 L

Process connection 707 Stainless steel 316 Ti

Measurement diaphragm

Material Stainless steel 316 L

Housing

Material Stainless steel 304

Protective cap

Material Rigid PVC

Weight 90 g (without cable)

Diameter 27 mm


Medium 0 to 50 °CThe instrument must not be allowed to freeze in the medium!The medium may make it necessary to impose a restriction.

Storage -20 to +80 °C, dry


Interference emissiona

a as defined by EN 61326-1

Class B

Interference immunityb

b as defined by EN 61326-2-3

Industrial requirements

Enclosure protectionc

c as defined by EN 60529

IP68, immersible to 20 m

Relative pressure

Measuring range 0.25 0.4 0.6 1 bar

Linearitya

a linearity based on limit point setting

0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 % of FS

Accuracy at 20 °Cb

b includes: linearity, hysteresis, repeatability, deviation from initial (offset) and final values of measuring range

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 % of FS

Overall accuracy at 0 to 50 °Cc

c includes: linearity, hysteresis, repeatability, deviation from initial (offset) and final values of measuring range, thermal effect on initial value of measuring range and span

1 1 1 1 % of FS


d reference conditions as defined by EN 61298-1

0.3 % of FS per year

2013-06-18/00534318







Auxiliary power

Electrical connectionStranded core PVC cable, encased in a LD-PE or PA protective tube (in contact with the medium)

Because of ambient pressure compensation, the mounting of the level probe must not pinch the protective tube encasing the cable. A hoseendpiece is is included among the items supplied. It is also essential to ensure that moisture cannot get into the protective tube.

Supply voltage UBa

a Peak voltages must not exceed or fall below the values specified for the power supply!

4 to 20 mA, 2-wires (output 405) DC 10 to 30 V, nominal voltage DC 24 V

DC 0.5 to 4.5 V, 3-wires (output 412) DC 5 V

DC 0 to 10 V, 3-wires (output 415) DC 11.5 to 30 V, nominal voltage DC 24 V

DC 1 to 5 V, 3-wires (output 418) DC 10 to 30 V, nominal voltage DC 24 V


Reverse polarity protection yes (2-wire)

Max. power consumption 25 mA

Circuit SELV

Protective tube

Material PE, PA

Color Natural

External diameter 8 mm

Bending radius Approx. 120 mmIt is vital to take into account that if the protective tube is kinked or pinched, this will prevent ambient pressure compensation.

Permissible medium temperatures -5 to +80 °C (subject to the medium and the level probe)

Yield stress

PE protective tube 10 M Pa

PA protective tube 22 M Pa

2013-06-18/00534318







Connection diagram

Connection Terminal assignment

Cable

4 to 20 mA, 2-wires (output 405)

Voltage supply DC 10 to 30 VNominal voltage DC 24 V

UB/S+a

0 V/S-

a Die Spannungsspitzen dürfen die angegebenen Werte der Spannungsversorgung nicht über- bzw. unterschreiten!

whitebrown

DC 0.5 to 4.5 V ratiometric (output 412)

Voltage supply DC 5 VNominal voltage DC 5 V

UBa

0 V/S- S+

whitebrowngreen

DC 0 to 10 V, 3-wires (output 415)

Voltage supply DC 11.5 to 30 VNominal voltage DC 24 V

UBa

0 V/S- S+

whitebrowngreen

DC 1 to 5 V, 3-wires (output 418)DC 1 to 6 V, 3-wires (output 420)


UB0 V/S- S+

whitebrowngreen

2013-06-18/00534318







Dimensions process connection


(a) The protective cap has three holes (Ø 3) and protectsthe housing against contact corrosion, and thesensitive separating diaphragm

(a) Cable length as required by customer

(b) Ø 4.6 for three-wire output

(b) Max. depth of engagement

(c) Sensitive diaphragm

(c)

Ø 29 (a)

(b)

L (a)

Ø 4.2 (b)

2013-06-18/00534318







Dimensions of accessories

Terminal box with pressure compensation

Part no. 00061206

(1) Mounting hole

Tank cover mounting Wall mounting

Part no. 00602743 Part no. 00602744

(1)

19

2013-06-18/00534318







Order details

Accessories

(1) Basic type

401015/000 JUMO MAERA S25 - Level probe

401015/999 JUMO MAERA S25 - Level probe, special design

(2) Input

451 0 to 250 mbar relative pressure



454 0 to 1 bar relative pressure

(3) Output

405 4 to 20 mA, 2-wires

412 DC 0.5 to 4.5 V, 3-wires

415 DC 0 to 10 V, 3-wires




567 G 1/4 internal

659 Connection open underneath

707 M3 (× 0.5) internal


20 CrNi (stainless steel)


11 Attached cable

(7) Protective tube

1 PE protective tube

2 PA protective tube

(8) Length of connecting cable

005 5 m

010 10 m

025 25 m

(9) Extra codes

000 None

691 Higher humidity and vibration protect

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)

Order code - - - - - - - /

Order example 401015/000 - 452 - 405 - 707 - 20 - 11 - 1 - 005 / 000

Article Part no.

Terminal head form J with pressure compensation

Tank cover mounting 00602743

Wall mounting 00602744

Terminal box with pressure compensation (can only be used with the hose endpiece)

00061206

Data Sheet 40.1050 Page 1/3

2008-10-10/00473956





1-800-554-JUMOFax: 315-697-5867E-mail: [email protected]: www.jumo.us

Differential Pressure TransmitterJUMO MIDAS DP10Type 401050

Brief descriptionThis differential pressure transmitter measures the pressure in liquid and gaseous media. The difference between the two pressures is converted into an analog output signal. The piezo-resistive silicon sensor is built into a stainless steel housing.

Technical dataUnless further specified, all the following percentage values refer to the measurement span.

Reference conditionsas per DIN 16 086 and EN 60 770

Measuring ranges

Parts in contact with medium5

stainless steel, Mat. Ref. 1.4571stainless steel, Mat. Ref. 1.4435stainless steel, Mat. Ref. 1.4305plastic, PBT GF30 orplastic, POM GF40seal: FPM

Output4 — 20 mA 2-wireburden (UB-10 V) / 0.02A0.5 — 4.5 V ratiometricburden 20 kBurden error< 0.5%

Meas. range Max. system pressure2

Max. overload

on both sides2

Max. single-sided overload Bursting pressure Overall error3

(% of full scale)

Long-termstability (per

annum)+ side - side

0 to +0.4 bar

5 bar 7.5 bar 7.5 bar 5 bar 60 bar

2.5%4

0.6%0 to +0.6 bar 2.5%4

0 to +1 bar 2.3%4

0 to +1.6 bar10 bar 15 bar 15 bar 10 bar 60 bar

2.0%4 0.6%

0 to +2.5 bar 2.0%4 0.4%

0 to +4 bar

30 bar1 45 bar

15 bar

10 bar 60 bar

1.8%4

0.4%0 to +6 bar 25 bar 1.8%4

0 to +10 bar 30 bar 1.5%4

0 to +16 bar 30 bar 1.5%4

Zero offset 0.3%

Thermal hysteresis(within the compensated range -15 to +85°C)for meas. ranges 0.6 bar: ± 1%for meas. ranges 0.6 bar: ± 0.5%

Step responsefor current output 3 msecfor voltage output 10 msec

Supply voltage10 — 30 V DC (for 4 — 20 mA output)5 V DC ±0.5 V (for 0.5 — 4.5 V output)Ripple: the voltage peaks must not go outside the limits specified for the supply.Max. current drawn: 25 mA

Supply voltage error 0.02% per V for 4 — 20 mA output

Nominal supply voltage24 V DCratiometric for 0.5 — 4.5 V output

Operating temperatureambient: -20 to +80Cmedium: -15 to +100C6

storage: -50 to +100°C

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)as per EN 61 326interference emission: Class Binterference immunity: to industrial

requirements

1 Maximum ambient temperature +60°C2 For simultaneous pressure on both + and - sides3 The total error includes errors due to linearity, hysteresis, reproducibility and temperature drift over the range from -15 to +85°C.4 of full scale5 The customer must test the compatibility with the medium being measured.6 If the medium is water at temperatures above 50°C, then pipes or hoses must be used to separate the transmitter from the process.

E. g. for water at 85°C, at least 200 mm long (depending on the ambient temperature).® Bayer Material Science

Type 401050/000-xxx-xxx-xxx-xx-xxx-61

2008-10-10/00473956







Dimensions

3 x Ø4.5

112°

124°

ø33

42.5

25.7

13.7

36

ø3.2 x 8

G1/8

3 fixing holes


Bayonet connector

Round connector

Cable

Voltage outputSupply voltage11.5 — 30 V DC ±0.5 V (with output 0 to 10 V)5 V DC ±0.5 V (with output 0.5 to 4.5 V)

1 L+2 L-

white L+brown L-

Output0 — 10 V0.5 — 4.5 V

2 -3 +

brown -black +

Current outputSupply voltage10 — 30 V DC

1 +3 -

white L+brown L-

Output4 — 20 mA (2-wire)

1 +3 -

white L+brown L-

14

2 3

1

4

2

3

Mechanical shockto IEC 68-2-27)100 g/1msec

Mechanical vibration(to IEC 68-2-6) 20 g for 15 — 2000 Hz

Enclosure protection(to EN 60 529)with round connector M12 x 1: IP67with bayonet to DIN 72585: IP67with fixed cable: IP67

Process connection2 x G1/8 internal threadadapters for pipes and hoses: see order details

Electrical connectionsee order details

round connector M12 x 1orbayonet connector DIN 72585orfixed cable, 2 m (other lengths on request)Operating positionunrestricted(deviations from the nominal operating position can cause an error of up to 2 mbar)

Weight180 g(approx. 220 g with mounting bracket)

Fixing options- 3 holes on housing bottom- mounting bracket (accessory)- on measurement lines (e.g. 6 x 1 pipe)

Nominal position

2008-10-10/00473956







Order details

Accessories

(1) Basic type401050 Differential pressure transmitter JUMO MIDAS DP 10

(2) Basic type extensions/000 none/999 special version

(3) Input for differential pressure452 0 — 0.4 bar453 0 — 0.6 bar454 0 — 1.0 bar455 0 — 1.6 bar456 0 — 2.5 bar457 0 — 4 bar458 0 — 6 bar459 0 — 10 bar460 0 — 16 bar999 special measuring range

(4) Output405 4 — 20 mA 2-wire412 0.5 — 4.5 V 3-wire415 0 — 10 V 3-wire

(5) Process connection1

297 stainless steel tube, 6mm dia., stainless steel 1.4571305 screwed pipe joint, 6mm dia., stainless steel 1.4571 / FPM306 screwed pipe joint, 6mm dia., brass593 2 x G 1/8 to EN 837

(6) Housing material68 PBT

(7) Seal material601 FPM

(8) Electrical connection11 fixed cable, 2 m36 round connector M 12 x 153 bayonet connector to DIN 72585


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (8)

Order code / - - - - - - /

Order example 401050 / 000 - 454 - 405 - 593 - 68 - 601 - 36 / 000

Designation Sales No.

4-pole straight connector M12 x 1 with 2m PVC cable 40/00404585

4-pole angled connector M12x1 with 2m PVC cable 40/00409334

Angled mounting bracket 40/00448193

Straight mounting bracket 40/00490132

Bayonet jack with 3m cable 40/00463392

1 other process connections on request.







2011-03-02/00550568

Multi-range pressure and differential pressure transmitter

Type 402005

Applications• Ventilation

• Air conditioning

• Clean-room technology

• Flue draft mechanisms

• Filter monitoring

Brief descriptionThis transmitter has a piezoresistive pressure sensor and can be used to measure differentialpressure in non-aggressive gases.Differential pressure measurement is used, for example, in clean rooms. Permanentoverpressure protects the process against dust penetration.The multi-range pressure and differential pressure transmitter is a many-faceted,microprocessor-controlled measuring instrument. Apart from the varied range of applications,DIP switches (dual in-line package) are used to choose between standardized output signals(current or voltage signal) and each of four different measuring ranges in the hecto-pascalrange. Adjustable damping is incorporated for widely fluctuating pressures. A connector systemallows an LCD display to be added-on, to display the pressure on-site.

Customer benefits• Versatile and economicA 9-way DIP switch with a strikingly simple configuration is used to select the measuring range,the output and the damping.This multi-faceted measuring instrument combines numerous functions, thus limiting thenumber of variations required, and as a result, reducing prices to a minimum and shorteningdelivery times. Because the measuring system is wear-free, operation is almost maintenance-free.

• Compact and uncomplicatedSmall but effective. The compact size of this measuring instrument makes it easy to install and saves space at the same time. Time is also saved on start-up, thanks to an uncomplicated DIP switch.

Key features• 4 measuring ranges, adjustable within two

basic measuring ranges:Basic range 1: 2.5 hPa, 5 hPa, 7.5 hPa, 10 hPaBasic range 2:25 hPa, 50 hPa, 75 hPa, 100 hPa

• Output signal: 0 - 10 V DC and0(4) - 20 mA, adjustable

• Damping is adjustable for widely fluctuating pressures

• LCD display connection option

Type 402005

/6Data Sheet 402005

2011-03-02/00550568






Technical data

General

Measuring range

Output



SensorPrinciple of measurement Silicon sensor (piezoresistive)


Device standing vertically, process connection on bottomDevice standing vertically, process connection on bottom

Basic range 1 The measuring ranges start at 0 hPa.

Measuring range 2.5 5 7.5 10 hPa

Overload capacity 680 hPa

Bursting pressure 2000 hPa

Maximum both-sided system pressure 8000 hPa

Basic range 2 The measuring ranges start at 0 hPa.

Measuring range 25 50 75 100 hPa

Overload capacity 680 hPa

Bursting pressure 2000 hPa

Maximum both-sided system pressure 8000 hPa

Analog outputOutput 409 0 - 10 V DC, 3 wires

0 - 20 mA, 3 wires4 - 20 mA, 3 wires

Damping10 ms; 0.5 s; 2 s; 4 s

BurdenVoltage

0 to 10 V DC, 3 wiresCurrent

0(4) - 20 mA, 3 wires

RL 2 k

from 14 to 18 V supply voltage RL 300 above 18 V supply voltage RL 500

Parts in contact with the media

Material PU, glass, FeNiCo, Au, Al, PEI

/6Data Sheet 402005

2011-03-02/00550568






Ambient conditions

a EN 60068-2-27b EN 61000-6-3c EN 61000-6-2d EN 60529

Accuracy

a Linearity based on limit point settingb with reference conditions to EN 61298-1

Auxiliary power


EnclosureDimensions 86 x 56 x 40 mm (H x W x D)

Weight 200 g


Medium 10 to 50 °C

Environment 10 to 50 °C


Permissible relative humidity 80% relative humidity


Vibration resistance on request

Shock resistancea 100 g for 6 ms


Interference emissionb Class B


Enclosure protectiona IP54

Linearitya ± 2 % of the set measuring range

Long-term stabilityb ± 2 % of the set measuring range per year (typical)

Supply voltage UBa 14 - 38 V DC, 12 - 31 V AC

Power consumption approx. 20 mA (without load)


Circuit SELV

/6Data Sheet 402005

2011-03-02/00550568






Connection diagramConnection Terminal assignment

Screw terminal

0(4) - 20 mA, 3 wires, output 409

Supply voltage 14 - 38 V DC, 12 - 31 V AC UB0 V/S-

S+

32/41

0 - 10 V DC, 3 wires, output 409

Supply voltage 14 - 38 V DC, 12 - 31 V AC UB0 V/S-

S+

32/41

42 31

/6Data Sheet 402005

2011-03-02/00550568






Dimensions86

67

76

14

49

29

R2.1

40

28

20

56

14

/6Data Sheet 402005

2011-03-02/00550568






Order details


AccessoriesDelivery in 3 working days after receipt of order

(1) Basic type402005/000 Multi-range pressure and differential pressure transmitter

(2) Relative pressure measuring rangeOverpressure

441 0 - 2.5 hPa, 0 - 5 hPa, 0 - 7.5 hPa, 0 - 10 hPa442 0 - 25 hPa, 0 - 50 hPa, 0 - 75 hPa, 0 - 100 hPa

(3) Output409 0(4) - 20 mA / DC 0 - 10 V3 wires (switchable)

(4) Process connection294 Tube connection ø 6.6 mm x 10 mm (for flexible tubing ø 6 mm)


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

Order code - - - /

Order example 402005/000 - 441 - 409 - 294 / 000

Type Version Part No.

402005/000-441-409-294 0 - 2.5 hPa, 0 - 5 hPa, 0 - 7.5 hPa, 0 - 10 hPa 00561200

402005/000-442-409-294 0 - 25 hPa, 0 - 50 hPa, 0 - 75 hPa, 0 - 100 hPa 00550210

Item Part No.

Connectable LCD display 00550211


2006-08/00405738






JUMO dTRANS p31Pressure transmitterfor elevated media temperatures

General applicationPressure transmitters are used for measuring the relative (gauge) and absolute pressuresin liquids and gases. The pressure transmitter operates on the piezo-resistive measuringprinciple. The pressure is converted into an electrical signal.



Overload limitall ranges 3 x full scale

Bursting pressureall ranges 4 x full scale

Parts in contact with mediumstandard: stainless steel,

Mat. Ref. 1.4571 / 1.4435

Output0 — 20 mA3-wire burden ≤ (UB-12 V) / 0.02A4 — 20 mA2-wire burden ≤ (UB-10 V) / 0.02A4 — 20 mA3-wire burden ≤ (UB-12 V) / 0.02A0.5 — 4.5 V burden ≥ 50 kΩ1 — 6 V burden ≥ 10 kΩ0 — 10 V burden ≥ 10 kΩ



Thermal hysteresis≤ ± 0.5% of full scale(within compensated temperature range)

Ambient temperature errorwithin range 0 to +100°C(compensated temperature range)zero: ≤ 0.02%/°C typical,


≤ 0.04%/°C max.

Deviation from characteristic≤ 0.5% of full scale(limit point setting)for basic type extension 023:

≤ 0.2% of full scale(limit point setting)



Response timewith current output(output 402, 405 or 406):3 msec max.with voltage output(output 412, 415, 418 or 420):10 msec max.

Stability over 1 year≤ 0.5% of full scale

Supply10 — 30 V DC (output 4 — 20 mA and

1 — 6 V)5 V DC (output 0.5 — 4.5 V)11.5 — 30 V DC (output 0 — 10 V)11.5 — 30 V DC (output 0(4) — 20 mA)Ripple: the voltage spikes must not go above or below the values specified for the supplymax. current drawn: approx. 25 mA

Supply voltage error≤ 0.02% per V(nominal supply voltage 24 V DC)ratiometric with supply voltage 5 V DC (±0.5 V)

Permissible ambient temperature(max. housing temperature)-20 to +125°C

Storage temperature-40 to +125°C


Electromagnetic compatibilityEN 61 326interference emission: Class B

immunity to interference: to industrialrequirements


Mechanical vibration(to IEC 68-2-6)max. 20 g at 15—2000 Hz

Protectionwith terminal boxIP65 to EN 60 529(connecting cable diametermin. 5 mm, max. 7 mm).with circular connector M12 x 1 orconnecting cableIP67 to EN 60 529

Housingstainless steel, Mat. Ref. 1.4301polycarbonate GF


Electrical connectionsee order detailsterminal box to EN 175301-803,conductor cross-section up tomax. 1.5 mm2;orattached 4-core PVC cable, length 2 mother lengths on requestorcircular connector M12 x 1, 4-pole

Nominal positionany

Weight200 g


2006-08/00405738







Caution: Connector assignment (M12 x 1)Earth instrument!(pressure connection and / or or screen

Connection TerminalsCable M12 x 1

Supply (for output)10 — 30 V DC (1 —(5) 6 V)11.5 — 30 V DC (0 — 10 V)

(0(4) — 20 mA, 3-wire)5 V DC (0.5 — 4.5 V)

1L+2L-

whitegray

1+3-

Supply (for output)10 — 30 V DC (4 — 20 mA, 2-wire)

1L+2L-

whitegray

1+3-

Output1 — 6 V0 — 10 V0.5 — 4.5 V4 — 20 mA, 3-wire

2-3+

grayyellow

3-4+

Output4 — 20 mA, 2-wire

1+2-

proportionalcurrent 4 – 20 mA

in supply

whitegray

1+3-

Screen black 2

1

4

2

3

Dimensions

2810

8

27

35

23

30

2000

30

17

Ø

Ø Ø

M12 x 1


2006-08/00405738






Front-flush connections

571

ProfileSealDN G 3/4" pipe

O ring20.35x1.78

575 576

O ring26.7x1.78

570

41 a/f

D2

D1

D3

D4

L1

L2

D1

D2

RD52 x 1/6

2016

G 3/4

ø 31.9

35

45

55

6321

3

9 20.5

G 3/4" pipe

ø 24

7 20.5

G 1" pipe

ø 30

3 25

47

ø 41.5

58

1 1/2" pipe

603-607

Cone nipple with slotted union nutto DIN 11 851

652612-616

Clamp connectionto DIN 32676

DN øD1 øD2 øD3 øD4 L1 L2

603 20 36.5 30 RD 44x1/6 54 13

21604 25 44 35 RD 52x1/6 63

15605 32 50 41 RD 58x1/6 70

606 40 56 48 RD 65x1/6 78

607 50 68.5 61 RD 78x1/6 92 16 22

øD1 øD2

612 20 27.5 34

613253240

43.5 50.5

50

15

616 56.5 64

DNDIN 32676

DN(Zoll)

NominalSize

ISO 2852

1”1,5”

2”

1212.717.221.3

2533.738

4051

32


34

ProfileSealDN G 1" pipe

35

31

15

11

27 a/f

997Suitable for the

JUMO PEKA adapter system,see data sheet 40.9711


2006-08/00405738






Order detailsBasic type

402050 Pressure transmitter JUMO dTRANS p31

I Basic type extensionsI /000 none

I /023 reduced deviation from characteristic1

I /999 special version

I I InputI I 454 0 1.0 bar gauge pressure

I I 455 0 1.6 bar gauge pressure


I I 457 0 4 bar gauge pressure







I I 478 -1 0 bar gauge pressure

I I 479 -1 0.6 bar gauge pressure

I I 480 -1 1.5 bar gauge pressure






I I 488 0 1.0 bar absolute pressure



I I 491 0 4 bar absolute pressure





I I 999 special range

I I I OutputI I I 402 0 to 20 mA 3-wire

I I I 405 4 to 20 mA 2-wire


I I I 412 0.5 to 4.5 V 3-wire

I I I 415 0 to10 V 3-wire

I I I 418 1 to 5 V 3-wire



2006-08/00405738






I I I I Process connection (front-flush)I I I I 550 aseptic to DIN 11 864-1A, DN20

I I I I 551 aseptic to DIN 11 864-1A, DN25




I I I I 570 G11/2I I I I 571 G3/4I I I I 575 G3/4 front seal

I I I I 576 G1 front seal

I I I I 584 SMS, DN1"

I I I I 585 SMS, DN1 1/2"

I I I I 586 SMS, DN2"

I I I I 603 taper connection with slotted nut to DIN11851, DN20





I I I I 612 clamp to DIN 32676, DN20

I I I I 613 clamp to DIN 32676, DN25, DN32 and DN40

I I I I 616 clamp to DIN 32676, DN50

I I I I 623 small flange to DIN 28 403, DN25

I I I I 652 tank connection with slotted union nut

I I I I 661 clamping flange (DRD), 65 dia.

I I I I 684 Varivent, DN15/10



I I I I 997 JUMO-PEKA2

I I I I Material of process connectionI I I I I 20 stainless steel

I I I I I I Electrical connectionI I I I I I 12 with attached cable (cable length in plain text)

I I I I I I 36 with circular connector M12 x 1

I I I I I I 61 with terminal box

I I I I I I I

402050 / - - - - 20 - Order code

1 only for output 4 to 20 mA 2-wire.not for +/- ranges.

2 suitable process connection adapter, see data sheet 40.9711







2004-12/00427711

JUMO dTRANS p32Pressure Transmitter

General applicationPressure transmitters are used for measuring relative (gauge) pressures in dry, non-corro-sive and non-ionizing gaseous media. The transmitter operates on the piezoresistive mea-suring principle. The pressure is converted into an electrical signal.



Overload limit4 x full scale

Bursting pressure8 x full scale

Parts in contact with mediumSi, borosilicate glass, silicone, Au,CrNi steel

Output0 — 20 mA3-wire burden ≤ (UB-12 V) / 0.02A4 — 20 mA2-wire burden ≤ (UB-10 V) / 0.02A4 — 20 mA3-wire burden ≤ (UB-12 V) / 0.02A0.5 — 4.5 V burden ≥ 50 kΩ1 — 6 V burden ≥ 10 kΩ0 — 10 V burden ≥ 10 kΩ


Zero signal deviation≤ 0.4% of full scale

Thermal hysteresis(within compensated temperature range)≤ ± 2%

Ambient temperature errorwithin range 0 to +100°C(compensated temperature range)zero: ≤ 0.03%/°C typical,


≤ 0.04%/°C max.

Deviation from characteristic≤ 0.5% of full scale(limit setting)



Settling timefor current output (output 402, 405 or 406):≤ 3 msec max.for voltage output (output 412, 415,418 or 420):≤ 10 msec max.

Stability over 1 year≤ 1% of full scale

Supply10 — 30 V DC (output 4 —20 mA and

1 — 6 V)5 V DC (output 0.5 — 4.5 V)11.5 — 30 V DC (output 0 — 10 V)11.5 — 30 V DC (output 0(4) — 20 mA)Ripple:The voltage spikes must not go outside the limits specified for the supply.Max. current drawn: approx. 25 mA

Supply voltage error≤ 0.02%per V(nominal supply voltage 24 V DC)ratiometric with supply voltage 5 V DC (±0.5 V)

Permissible ambient temperature-20 to +100°C



Electromagnetic compatibilityEN 61 326interference emission: Class Binterference immunity: to industrialrequirements



Protectionwith terminal boxIP65 to EN 60 529(connection cable diameter:5 mm min., 7 mm max.)with connection cableIP67 to EN 60 529



Electrical connectionsee Order detailsterminal box to DIN 43 650,Style A,conductor cross-section up to 1.5 mm2;orattached 4-core PVC cable, 2 m longother lengths on request


Weight200 gm


2004-12/00427711






Dimensions


Caution:Earth the instrument!(pressure connection and / or or screen

Connection TerminalsConnector Cable

Supply10 — 30 V DC11.5 — 30 V DC5 V DC

1 L+2 L-

whitegray

Output1 — 6 V0 — 10 V0.5 — 4.5 V

2 -3 +

grayyellow

Output 4 — 20 mA, 2-wire 1 +2 -

whitegray

proportional 4 to 20 mA currentin supply

Output 0(4) — 20 mA, 3-wire 2 -3 +

grayyellow

Protective earth conductor

Screen black

511

1/4-18 NPT

15

502

132

2

G 1/4

ø9.5

ø5

504

20

3

3

ø17.5

ø6

Standard connection

33.5 a/f

27 a/f


by terminal box

(61)


by attached cable

(12)

ø27

35

28

96

20

00

23

ø30 91

27 a/f

501

102

ø4

ø8

G1/8

ø6

16.3

7.5

4.5

692

1/8-27 NPT

10

510

Connections, not front-flush


2004-12/00427711






Order detailsBasic type

402051 Pressure transmitter JUMO dTRANS p32

I Basic type extensionI /000 none

I /034 Sensor mit Gelvorlage

I /999 special version

I I InputI I 411 0 40 mbar gauge pressure

I I 413 0 60 mbar gauge pressure






I I 999 special gauge pressure range

I I I OutputI I I 402 0 to 20 mA 3-wire



I I I 412 0.5 to 4.5 V 3-wire

I I I 415 0 to 10 V 3-wire



I I I I Process connection (not front-flush)I I I I 501 pressure connection G 1/8 to EN 837

I I I I 502 pressure connection G 1/4 to EN 837

I I I I 504 pressure connection G 1/2 to EN 837 (standard connection)

I I I I 510 pressure connection 1/8-27 NPT to DIN 837

I I I I 511 pressure connection 1/4-18 NPT to DIN 837

I I I I 692 6 mm hose connection

I I I I Material of process connectionI I I I I 20 stainless steel

I I I I I I Electrical connectionI I I I I I 12 by attached cable (cable length in plain text)

I I I I I I 36 by circular connector M12 x 1

I I I I I I 61 by terminal box

I I I I I I I

402051 / - - - - 20 - Order code







2005-12/00420537

JUMO CANtrans p CeramicPressure Transmitter withCANopen output

General applicationPressure transmitters are used for measuring relative (gauge) and absolute pressures inliquids and gases. The pressure transmitter operates on the thick-film strain gauge mea-suring principle. An alumina ceramic (Al2O3) is used as the base material for the sensingelement. The pressure measurement is digitized and made available for further processingvia the CANopen serial bus protocol (CAN slave). Several useful extra functions have beenimplemented through the DS 404 device profile. All settings can be made using standardCANopen software tools.Further transmitters with CANopen output: see Data Sheets 40.2056 (pressure), 40.2057(pressure + temperature) and 90.2910 (temperature).

Block diagram

Pressure P A/D

Date / name (10)

Drag pointer(min / max)

(9)

(8)

Decimal point (7)

Filter (6)

Fine calibration (5)

Scaling (4)

Sensormonitoring (3)

Calibration (2)

SDOparametersmeasurementsstatus

(13)

PDOmeasurement,32 Bitstatus , 8 bit

(12)

EMERGENCYprobe break/short-circuit

(11)

(1)

Device functions(DS 404 profile)

Heartbeat

(14)

SYNC

(15)

NMT

(16)

LSS

(17)

Node Guarding

(14)

Meas. rangemonitoring

Operation(1) The analog signal from the pressure cellis digitized with 12-bit resolution.(2) The pressure signal is digitally calibrat-ed at the factory.(3) The sensor monitoring facilitycontinuously checks the correctperformance of the sensor signal andtriggers high-priority emergency telegramsin the event of an error.(4) The pressure measurement can bescaled to any dimensional unit (or in % ofrange).(5) Fine calibration features an auto-zeroingfunction and a freely adjustable shift of thecharacteristic. (6) Undesirable signal fluctuations can besuppressed through the (adjustable) filterconstant. (7) The measurement is output with a freelyselectable decimal place.(8) Range monitoring features freely select-able upper and lower limits. The result isoutput as a status byte with the measure-ment in the PDO telegram.(9) The drag pointer function stores theminimum and maximum pressure mea-surements.(10) Date and name of the last servicing ac-tion can be stored.(11) An emergency telegram is triggered inthe event of a sensor fault.(12) The PDO telegram contains the 32-bitmeasurement and the 8-bit status. Themeasurement that is output can be con-trolled by means of different trigger condi-tions.(13) Parameters can be set through SDOtelegrams, and measurements and statuscan be requested.

JUMO GmbH & Co. KG • 36035 Fulda, Germany Data Sheet 402055 Page 2/4

2005-12/00420537






(14) The heartbeat signal or Node Guardingcan be used to additionally monitor thetransmitter function.(15) The transmission of measurementscan additionally be controlled through theSync command.(16) NMT telegrams serve to control theoperational state of the transmitter.(17) The CAN module ID and CAN baudrate are set via LSS or SDO, according tochoice.


Measurement rangessee order details

Overload limiton ranges0 — 1.6 mbar to 0 — 40 bar

3 x full scaleon ranges0 — 60 to 0 — 100 bar 2 x full scale

Bursting pressureon ranges0 — 1.6 mbar to 40 bar

4 x full scaleon ranges0 — 60 to 0 — 100 bar 3 x full scale

Parts in contact with mediumstandard: st. steel, Mat. Ref. 1.4305,

(Al2O3) 96%seal: FPM or

FFPM

OutputCANopen as per CiA DS 301 V4.02measurement resolution: 12 bit



Ambient temperature effectwithin range -20 to +85°C(compensated temperature range)zero: ≤ 0.02%/ °C typical,

≤ 0.04%/ °C max.span: ≤ 0.02%/ typical,

≤ 0.04%/°C max.




Cycle time1 msecoptionally 0.5 msec (11 bit)


Supply10 — 30 V DCmax. current drawn: approx. 45 mA

Supply voltage errorreference voltage 24 V DC≤ 0.0005% per V




Electromagnetic compatibilityEN 61326interference emission: Class Bimmunity to interference: to industrial

requirements

Electrical connectionM12recommended: screened 5-wire cable



Enclosure protectionwith connector screwed on:IP67 to EN 60 529




Weight95 gm (with pressure connection G 1/4 )

CANbusProtocolCiA DS 301, V4.02, CANopen slave

ProfileCiA DS 404, V1.2Measuring devices and closed-loop controllers

Baud rate20 kbaud to 1 Mbaudsetting via LSS or SDO

Module (node) ID1 — 127setting via LSS or SDO

PDO0 Rx, 1 Tx

SDO1Rx, 1 Tx

Emergencyyes

Heartbeat

yes

Node Guardingyes

LSSyes

SYNCyes

Operation and project designAll parameters are accessible via theCANopen object directory (EDS) and can be set using standard CANopen software tools.

EDS (electronic data sheet)yesavailable free of charge as a download file:www.jumo.net -> Product information

Factory settingsee Operating Instructions B40.2055.0 available free of charge as a download file:www.jumo.net -> Product information


2005-12/00420537






Dimensions


Circular connectorM12 x 1; 5-pole to IEC 60 947-5-2

Plug Socket

Accessories


M12 connector Terminal box with moulded cable

Part no.: 00337625

Supply10 — 30 V DC

V+V-

23

whiteblue

OutputCANopen

screenCAN_HCAN_L

145

brownblackgrey

Designation Part No. 5-pole terminal box M 12x1, straight, with 5m moulded cable 00337625

5-pole terminal box M 12x1, angled, with 2m moulded cable 00375164

5-pole terminal box M 12x1, straight, no cable, assembly by customer 00419130

5-pole terminal box M 12x1, angled, no cable, assembly by customer 00419133

Tee 00419129

Termination resistor for CAN bus, with plug 00461591

Extension cable 2m, 5-pole, M 12x1 00461589

PC CAN interface USB 00449941

PC configuration software for CANopen 00449942

EDS file, for download (www.jumo.net -> Product information) for download

Operating Instructions, for download (www.jumo.net -> Product information) for download

(523) (521) (511) (502)

1

5

4

2

3

2

5

3

1

4


2005-12/00420537






Order details

1 Product characteristics similar to PTFE.

(1) Basic type402055 Pressure transmitter JUMO CANtrans p Ceramic

(2) Basic type extensions000 none999 special version

(3) Input455 0 to 1.6 bar gauge pressure456 0 to 2.5 bar gauge pressure457 0 to 4 bar gauge pressure458 0 to 6 bar gauge pressure459 0 to 10 bar gauge pressure460 0 to 16 bar gauge pressure461 0 to 25 bar gauge pressure462 0 to 40 bar gauge pressure463 0 to 60 bar gauge pressure464 0 to 100 bar gauge pressure479 -1 to 0.6 bar gauge pressure480 -1 to 1.5 bar gauge pressure481 -1 to 3 bar gauge pressure482 -1 to 5 bar gauge pressure483 -1 to 9 bar gauge pressure484 -1 to 15 bar gauge pressure485 -1 to 24 bar gauge pressure999 special range: gauge pressure

(4) Output450 CANopen

(5) Process connection (not front-flush)502 G 1/4 to EN 837511 1/4-18 NPT to DIN 837521 G1/4 to DIN 3852 T11 (with soft seal located at rear)523 G 1/2 to DIN 3852 T11 (with soft seal located at rear)562 7/16-20 UNF999 special process connection


(7) Material of seal601 FPM604 FFPM1

999 special material(8) Electrical connection

36 circular connector M 12x1 / 5-pole(9) Extra codes

000 none

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)

Order code 402055 / 000 - - 450 - - 20 - - 36 / 000

Order example 402055 / 000 - 462 - 450 - 502 - 20 - 601 - 36 / 000







2006-08/00420542

JUMO CANtrans pPressure Transmitter withCANopen output

General applicationPressure transmitters are used for measuring relative (gauge) and absolute pressures inliquids and gases. The pressure transmitter operates on the piezoresistive or thin-filmstrain gauge measuring principle. The pressure measurement is digitized and made avail-able for further processing via the CANopen serial bus protocol (CAN slave). Several usefulextra functions are implemented through the DS 404 device profile. All settings can bemade using standard CANopen software tools.

Further transmitters with CANopen output: see Data Sheets 402055 (pressure), 402057(pressure + temperature) and 902910 (temperature).

Block diagram

Pressure P A/D

Date / name (10)

Drag pointer(min / max)

(9)

(8)

Decimal point (7)

Filter (6)

Fine calibration (5)

Scaling (4)

Sensormonitoring (3)

Calibration (2)

SDOparametersmeasurementsstatus

(13)

PDOmeasurement,32 Bitstatus , 8 bit

(12)

EMERGENCYprobe break/short-circuit

(11)

(1)

Device functions(DS 404 profile)

Heartbeat

(14)

SYNC

(15)

NMT

(16)

LSS

(17)

Node Guarding

(14)

Meas. rangemonitoring

Operation(1) The analog signal from the pressure cellis digitized with 12-bit resolution.(2) The pressure signal is digitally calibrat-ed at the factory.(3) The sensor monitoring facility continu-ously checks the correct performance ofthe sensor signal and triggers high-priorityemergency telegrams in the event of an er-ror.(4) The pressure measurement can bescaled to any dimensional unit (or in % ofrange).(5) Fine calibration features an auto-zeroingfunction and a freely adjustable shift of thecharacteristic.(6) Undesirable signal fluctuations can besuppressed through the (adjustable) filterconstant.(7) The measurement is output with a freelyselectable decimal place.(8) Range monitoring features freely select-able upper and lower limits. The result isoutput as a status byte with the measure-ment in the PDO telegram.(9) The drag pointer function stores theminimum and maximum pressure mea-surements.(10) Date and name of the last servicing ac-tion can be stored.(11) An emergency telegram is triggered inthe event of a sensor fault.(12) The PDO telegram contains the 32-bitmeasurement and the 8-bit status. Themeasurement that is output can be con-trolled by means of different trigger condi-tions.(13) Parameters can be set through SDOtelegrams, and measurements and statuscan be requested.


2006-08/00420542






(14) The heartbeat signal or Node Guardingcan be used to additionally monitor thetransmitter function.(15) The transmission of measurementscan additionally be controlled through theSync command.(16) NMT telegrams serve to control theoperational state of the transmitter.(17) The CAN module ID and CAN baudrate are set via LSS or SDO, as selected.



Overload limitranges0 — 0.25 bar to 0 — 25 bar

3 x full scaleranges0 — 40 to 0 — 250 bar 2 x full scaleranges0 — 400 to 0 — 600 bar 1.5 x full scale

Bursting pressureranges0 — 0.25 bar to 0 — 40 bar

≤ 4 x full scaleranges0 — 60 to 0 — 100 bar 8 x full scaleranges0 — 160 to 0 — 400 bar 5 x full scaleranges0 — 600 bar 3 x full scale

Parts in contact with mediumstandard: stainless steel,Mat. Ref. 1.4571 / 1.4435for range ≥ 60 bar,Mat. Ref. 1.4571 / 1.4542

OutputCANopen as per CiA DS 301 V4.02measurement resolution: 12 bit


Thermal hysteresis≤ ± 0.5% of full scale(within compensated temperature range)≤ ± 1% for ranges 0 — 250 mbar

0 — 400 mbar0 — 600 mbar

Ambient temperature effectwithin range 0 to +100°C(compensated temperature range)for ranges 250 and 400 mbarzero: ≤ 0.03%/°C typical,


≤ 0.04%/°C max.

for ranges above 600 mbarzero: ≤ 0,02%/°C typical,


≤ 0.04%/°C max.

Deviation from characteristic≤ 0.5% of full scale(limit point setting)



Cycle time1 msecoptionally 0.5 msec (11 bit)

Stability per year≤ 0.5% of full scale

Supply10 — 30 V DCmax. current drawn: approx. 45 mA

Supply voltage error≤ 0.03% per V



Permissible temperature of mediumstandard version:-40 to +125°Cwith basic type extension 004:-40 to +200°C

Electromagnetic compatibilityEN 61 326interference emission: Class Bimmunity to interference: to industrial

requirements

Electrical connectionM12recommended: screened 5-wire cable



Enclosure protectionwith connector screwed on:IP67 to EN 60 529




Weight95 gm (with pressure connection G 1/4)

CANbusProtocolCiA DS 301, V4.02, CANopen slave

ProfileCiA DS 404, V1.2Measuring devices and closed-loop controllers

Baud rate20 kbaud to 1 Mbaudsetting via LSS or SDO

Module (node) ID1 — 127setting via LSS or SDO

PDO0 Rx, 1 Tx

SDO1Rx, 1 Tx

Emergencyyes

Heartbeatyes

Node Guardingyes

LSSyes

SYNCyes

Operation and project designAll parameters are accessible via theCANopen object directory (EDS) and can be set using standard CANopen software tools.

EDS (electronic data sheet)yesavailable free of charge as a download file:www.jumo.net -> Product information

Factory settingsee Operating Instructions B402055.0available free of charge as a download file:www.jumo.net -> Product information


2006-08/00420542






Dimension

511

1/4-18 NPT

15512

1/2-14 NPT

18

523

ProfilesealDN G 1/2

14

G 1/2

502

1322

G 1/4

ø9.5

ø5

562

7/16-20 UNF

13.5

4.5

45

ø9.5

ø4.5

504

203

3

ø17.5

ø6

Standard connection

Profile sealingring G 1/4

12

19

G 1/4

ø

521

571

ProfilesealDN G 3/4

2016

G 3/4

ø 31.9 O ring20.35x1.78

575

ProfilesealDN G 3/4

9 20.5

G 3/4

ø 24

Connections, not front-flush

Connections, front-flush


2006-08/00420542







Circular connectorM12 x 1; 5-pole to IEC 60 947-5-2

Plug Socket

Accessories


M12 connector Terminal box with moulded cable

Part no.: 00337625

Supply10 — 30 V DC

V+V-

23

whiteblue

OutputCANopen

screenCAN_HCAN_L

145

brownblackgrey

Designation Part no. 5-pole terminal box M 12x1, straight, with 5 m moulded cable 00337625

5-pole terminal box M 12x1, angled, with 2m moulded cable 00375164

5-pole terminal box M 12x1, straight, no cable, assembly by customer 00419130

5-pole cable box M 12x1, angled, no cable, assembly by customer 00419133

Tee 00419129

Termination resistor for CAN bus, with plug 00461591

Extension cable 2m, 5-pole, M 12x1 00461589

PC CAN interface USB 00449941

PC configuration software for CANopen 00449942

EDS file, for download (www.jumo.net -> Product information) for download

Operating Instructions, for download (www.jumo.net -> Product information) for download

1

5

4

2

3

2

5

3

1

4


2006-08/00420542







402056 Pressure transmitter JUMO CANtrans p

(2) Basic type extension000 none

004 for elevated media temperatures up to 200°C 1

999 special version

(3) Input451 0 to 0.25 bar gauge pressure

452 0 to 0.4 bar gauge pressure





457 0 to 4 bar gauge pressure












478 -1 to 0 bar gauge pressure

479 -1 to 0.6 bar gauge pressure







487 0 to 0.6 bar absolute pressure




491 0 to 4 bar absolute pressure





998 special range: absolute pressure

999 special range: gauge pressure

(4) Output450 CANopen


2006-08/00420542






1 only for ranges from 1 to 400 bar.2 only for ranges up to 25 bar.

(5) Process connection (not front-flush)502 G 1/4 to EN 837

504 G 1/2 to EN 837 (standard connection)

511 1/4-18 NPT to DIN 837

512 1/2-14 NPT to DIN 837

521 1/4 to DIN 3852 T11 (with soft seal located at rear)

523 G 1/2 to DIN 3852 T11 (with soft seal located at rear)

562 7/16-20 UNF

998 suitable for connection to chemical seals

(5) Process connection (front-flush)571 G3/4

2

575 G3/4 front seal2


(7) Electrical connection36 circular connector M 12x1 / 5-pole

(8) Extra code000 none

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

Order code / - - - - - /

Order example 402056 / 000 - 462 - 450 - 502 - 20 - 36 / 000






Page 1/12

JUMO Wtrans pPressure Transmitterwith Wireless Data Transmission

Brief descriptionThe pressure transmitter with wireless data transmission Wtrans p is intended for industrial use.It is used in conjunction with a Wtrans receiver for the stationary or mobile detection of the pres-sure in liquid or gaseous media. The pressure transmitter operates according to the strain gaugemeasuring principle.The measured values are transmitted wirelessly to the receiver of the Wtrans system. The mea-sured values are displayed on the receiver and are available at the RS485 interface in digital formand at the analog outputs as electrical standard signals. Optionally, different alarms can be sig-naled at the receiver with two relay outputs.The pressure transmitter can be installed in any installation position. Optimum alignment with thereceiver must be ensured. The ambient temperature range in which the device can be used isfrom -30 to +85 °C.The radio frequency of the Wtrans measuring system is 868.4 MHz (Europe). This frequency isalmost impervious to external interferences and allows transmission even in a rough industrialenvironment. When using the antenna holder for wall mounting with the 3 m antenna cable forthe receiver, the open air range is up to 300 m.A 3.6 V lithium battery (size C) is used to supply voltage to the pressure transmitter.A setup program is available as an accessory for easy configuration and parameterization of thepressure transmitter and the Wtrans receiver on the laptop/PC. Optionally, the OnlineChart func-tion can be used to record the measured values on the laptop/PC.

Type 402060

Block diagram Special features• Radio frequency 868.4 MHz (Europe)• Open air range up to 300 m• Configurable transmitter detection• Battery status monitoring• High moisture and vibration resistance• Configurable via easy-to-use setup pro-

gram• Customer-specific linearization

(pairs of values in table format or fourth or-der polynomial)

• OnlineChart of the measured values

Other transmitters fortemperature and voltage• Data sheet 902930• Data sheet 707060Suitable Wtrans receivers• Data sheet 902931

Data Sheet 402060

2013-11-26/00579091

2013-11-26/00579091







Technical data

Input (measuring range)

Output (wireless transmission)

Electrical data

Environmental influences

Relative pressure The measuring ranges begin at 0 bar.

Measuring range 0.25 0.4 0.6 1 1.6 2.5 4 6 10 bar

Overload rangea

a All pressure transmitters are vacuum-proof.

1 1.6 2.4 4 6.4 10 16 24 40 bar

Burst pressure 1.5 2.4 3.6 6 9.6 15 24 36 60 bar


Measuring range 16 25 40 60 100 160 250 400 600 bar

Overload rangea 64 100 160 240 400 320 500 600 900 bar

Burst pressure 96 150 240 360 600 800 1250 1200 1800 bar

Relative pressure The measuring ranges begin at -1 bar.

Measuring range -1 to 0 -1 to +0.6 -1 to +1.5 -1 to +3 -1 to +5 -1 to +9 -1 to +15 -1 to +24 bar

Overload rangea 4 2.4 6 12 20 36 60 96 bar

Burst pressure 5 3 7.5 15 25 45 75 120 bar

Absolute pressure The measuring ranges begin at 0 bar.

Measuring range 0.6 1 1.6 2.5 4 6 10 16 25 bar

Overload rangea 2.4 4 6.4 10 16 24 40 64 100 bar

Burst pressure 3 5 8 12.5 20 30 50 80 125 bar

Transmitter detection (transmitter ID) Max. 5-digit ID, factory set, customer-specific configuration possible

Transmission interval Adjustable from 0.5 to 3600 s (factory setting 5 s)

Radio frequency 868.4 MHz (Europe)

Transmission power +10 dBm

Open air range Max. 300 m when using the antenna holder for wall mounting for the receiver and the 3 meter antenna cable. When mounting the antenna directly on the receiver, a range reduced by approx. 40 % must be taken into account.

Unit of the output signal bar

Configuration With setup program

Configurable parameters Transmitter detection (max. 5-digit ID), transmission interval, and offset

Voltage supply

Lithium battery (accessory) Rated voltage: 3.6 V, rated capacity: 3.6 Ah (size C)

Battery operating life Approx. 1 year with the factory-set values:transmission interval = 5 s and at room temperature (approx. 20 °C); shorter trans-mission interval and high or low ambient temperature reduce the battery operating life.

Operating temperature range -30 to +85 °C

Measuring material temperature range -30 to +85 °C

Storage temperature range -30 to +85 °C

Climate class Class 3K8H according to DIN EN 60721-3-3(Air temperature: -25 to +70 °C, relative humidity: 10 to 100 %)

2013-11-26/00579091







Accuracy

Mechanical features

Vibration resistance

Vibration resistance Max. 5 g, 15 to 2000 Hz according to DIN EN 60068-2-6

Shock resistance 20 g for 11 ms according to DIN EN 60068-2-2750 g for 1 ms according to DIN EN 60068-2-27

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) DIN EN 61326

Interference emission Class B

Interference immunity Industrial requirements

Radio frequency spectrum ETSI EN 300 220-1 and ETSI EN 300 220-2

Protection type IP66 or IP67

Relative and absolute pressure The measuring ranges begin at 0 bar.

Measuring range 0.25 0.4 0.6 1 1.6 2.5 4 6 bar

Linearitya

a Linearity after limit point setting

0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 % of MSP

Accuracy at 20 °Cb

b Includes: linearity, hysteresis, repeatability, deviation of measuring range initial value and measuring span (MSP)

0.7 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 % of MSP

Accuracy at -20 to +80 °Cc

c Includes: linearity, hysteresis, repeatability, deviation of measuring range initial value and measuring span (MSP), thermal effect on measuring range start and mea-suring span (MSP)

2.0 1.8 1.8 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 % of MSP

Relative and absolute pressure The measuring ranges begin at 0 bar.

Measuring range 10 16 25 bar

Linearitya 0.25 0.2 0.2 % of MSP

Accuracy at 20 °Cb 0.5 0.5 0.5 % of MSP

Accuracy at -20 to +80 °Cc 1.0 1.0 1.0 % of MSP


Measuring range 40 60 100 160 250 400 600 bar

Linearitya 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 % of MSP

Accuracy at 20 °Cb 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 % of MSP

Accuracy at -20 to +80 °Cc 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 % of MSP

Relative pressure The measuring ranges begin at -1 bar.

Measuring range -1 to 0 -1 to +0.6 -1 to +1.5 -1 to +3 -1 to +5 -1 to +9 -1 to +15 -1 to +24 bar

Linearitya 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.2 % of MSP

Accuracy at 20 °Cb 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 % of MSP

Accuracy at -20 to +80 °Cc 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.0 1.0 1.0 % of MSP


d EN 61298-1

< 0.2 % of MSP

Case material PA, transparent (UV-resistant)

Case seal material VMQ

Pressure sensor material Stainless steel 17-4 PH (1.4548)for 0 to 160 bar, 0 to 250 bar, 0 to 400 bar, and 0 to 600 bar;stainless steel 316L (1.4435)for all other pressure ranges

Process connection material Stainless steel 316Ti (1.4571);stainless steel 316L (1.4435) with roughness Ra < 0.8 μm for JUMO PEKA with EHEDG certification

Installation position Any (with due consideration of the application)

Weight Approx. 250 g (with lithium battery and process connection 504: G 1/2 DIN EN 837)

2013-11-26/00579091







Battery operating lifeThe operating life of the 3.6 Ah battery available in the accessories, depending on the transmission interval (0.5 s, 1 s, 2 s, 5 s, 10 s, and 30 s) andthe ambient temperature, are shown in the following figure.

0

1

10

100

1000

Ba

tte

ry s

erv

ice

life

in

mo

nth

s

Ambient temperature in °C

-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100

0,5 s

1 s

2 s

5 s

30 s

10 s

2013-11-26/00579091







Dimensions and process connectionsPressure transmitter with wireless data transmission

Process connections

(1) Case – tighten hand-tight (10 ±5 Nm) (2) Profile seal G 1/4


502 504

2013-11-26/00579091







511 512

521 523

A = profile seal G 1/4 A = profile seal G 1/2

2013-11-26/00579091







562 567

571 574

A = profile seal G 3/4 A = profile seal G 1/2B = O-ring 14 × 1.78

2013-11-26/00579091







575 583

A = profile seal G 3/4B = O-ring 20.35 × 1.78

997

A = O-ring 26 × 2.5B = O-ring 21 × 2.2Process connection for EHEDG-certified adapter system JUMO PEKA (data sheet 409711)

27≤ 30 Nm

35

.5

M20 × 1.5

25

5

Ø 6

2013-11-26/00579091







Setup programThe setup program enables the pressure transmitter to be configured using a PC. The configuration data can be archived on data storage devicesand printed.The setup program can be used to overwrite changed parameters with the factory settings at any time. The connection between the transmitterand the PC is established via a USB interface.

PC interfaceThe USB interface is designed only to configure the pressure transmitter. Continuous operation is not admissible.

Configurable parameters Factory settings

Transmitter detection (transmitter ID) Consecutive

Transmission interval 5 s

Offset 0 bar

TAG number (20-digit) Customer-specific specifications

Installation date Current date

Connection for Type Terminal assignment

USB connection to the PC USB interface (Mini-B; "Full-Speed") Standard (5-pin)

2013-11-26/00579091








402060 Wtrans p - pressure transmitter with wireless data transmission


000 None

999 Special version

(3) Input (measuring range)





455 0 to 1.6 bar relative pressure














478 -1 to 0 bar relative pressure

479 -1 to +0.6 bar relative pressure

480 -1 to +1.5 bar relative pressure

481 -1 to +3 bar relative pressure





487 0 to 600 mbar absolute pressure









998 Special measuring range for absolute pressure

2013-11-26/00579091







999 Special measuring range for relative pressure

(4) Radio frequency

10 868.4 MHz (Europe)


502 G 1/4 DIN EN 837

504 G 1/2 DIN EN 837

511 1/4-18 NPT DIN EN 837

512 1/2-14 NPT DIN EN 837

521 G 1/4 DIN 3852-11

523 G 1/2 DIN 3852-11

562 7/16-20 UNF

567 G 1/4 inside

571 G 3/4 flush-mounteda

574 G 1/2 flush-mounted with double sealb

575 G 3/4 flush-mounted with double sealc

583 M20 × 1.5 with pind

997 JUMO PEKA with EHEDG certificatione

998 Suitable for connection to pressure separator

999 For other process connections please inquire


20 Stainless steel

(7) Extra codes

000 None

100 Customer-specific configuration (specification in plain text)f

591 Choke in the pressure channel

634 TAG number

a The process connection 571 can only be supplied for inputs (measuring range) up to 40 bar.b The process connection 574 can only be supplied for inputs (measuring range) up to 40 bar.c The process connection 575 can only be supplied for inputs (measuring range) up to 40 bar.d The process connection 583 can only be supplied for inputs (measuring range) up to 40 bar.e The process connection 997 can only be supplied for inputs (measuring range) up to 40 bar.f The customer-specific configuration only applies to the transmission interval (0.5 to 3600 s, factory setting 5 s). The transmission interval can also be set using the

setup program (see accessories).

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

Order code / - - - - / , ...a

a List extra codes in sequence, separated by commas.

Order example 402060 / 000 - 465 - 10 - 502 - 20 / 634

2013-11-26/00579091







Scope of delivery

Accessories

1 pressure transmitter with wireless data transmission in the version ordered

1 non-rechargeable lithium battery, 3.6 V (size C)

1 operating manual B 402060.0

Item Part no.

Lithium batteryRated voltage: 3.6 V, rated capacity: 3.6 Ah (size C), non-rechargeable

00574399

USB cable, type A USB connector on Mini-B USB connector, length 3 ma

a Configuration using a computer is only possible with the USB cable and one of the two setup programs.

00506252

Setup program on CD-ROM, multilinguala 00488887

Setup program incl. OnlineChart on CD-ROM, multilinguala 00549067

OnlineChart activation 00549188






Page 1/8

JUMO MAERA S26

Level Probe

Applications

Level and liquid level measurement1

• in rainwater cisterns• for graywater recycling• in heating oil and diesel oil tanks

Brief description

The JUMO MAERA S26 level probe can be used for hydrostatic liquid level measurement intanks.

Immersing the level probe in a liquid causes a liquid column to be be produced above it. As thedepth of immersion increases, so does this, and the force of its weight produces a hydrostaticpressure on the measuring system.

The stainless steel membrane of the level probe absorbs this pressure and transfers it to thesensor via filling oil. The level probe pressure sensor is based on tried and tested piezoresistivemeasurement technology (silicon semi-conductor SG).

The pressure measurements are converted into electronic output signals by the electronicsintegrated in the probe, with each signal value at a known density of liquid being a directdimension for the level. Levels can be measured from 0 to 2.50 mWS to 0 to 25 mWS (watercolumn).

Hydrostatic paradoxes, which imply that the hydrostatic pressure does not depend on theshape of the tank, bring an influence to bear on the measurement result. It is then possible todetermine and visualize the levels of non-cylindrical containers with an integrated math functionor with a customized linearization in compliant controllers, paperless recorders and indicators.

For additional, interesting information, see the "level probelevel probes - hydrostatic level andliquid level measurement" brochure.

Customer benefits• Process safety and diversity

The crucial element is a piezoresistive measuring cell, which is safe and reliable and has high overload resistance and long-term stability.The probe body and the pressure cell are made entirely from stainless steel, and are thus resistant to numerous media.In conjunction with the variety of cable materials and process connections that are available, maximum process safety can be ensured for virtually every application.

1 These recommendations are based on many years of experience. Deviations are possible in some cases. We would be happy to provide you with additional information or details of other applications.

Type 402090/... with process connection 658

Key features• Measuring ranges from 0 to 250 mbar

to 0 to 2,5 bar• Temperature of measuring material

0 to 50 °C• Extremely good long-term stability• High overload resistance• Sturdy level measurement probe

for indoor application

Data Sheet 402090

2013-06-18/00403698

2013-06-18/00403698







Technical data

General

Measuring range

Outputs


Principle of measurement Piezoresistive sensor with stainless steel separating diaphragm

Pressure transfer medium Synthetic oil

Permissible load change > 10 million, 0 to 100 % measuring range

Mounting location Vertical/suspended on the cable


Measuring range 0.25 0.4 0.6 1 1.6 2.5 bar

Overload capacity 0.75 1.2 1.8 3 4.8 7.5 bar

Bursting pressure 1 1.6 2.4 4 6.4 10 bar

Analog outputa

a Other outputs are available on request.

Current




Voltage

Output 412 DC 0.5 to 4.5 V, 3-wires, ratiometric, 10 to 90 % of the voltage supply




Jump response

T90 10 ms

Burden

Current

0 to 20 mA, 3-wires RL [(UB to 12 V) ÷ 0.02 A] ()



Voltage

DC 0.5 to 4.5 V, 3-wires RL 50 kDC 0 to 10 V, 3-wires RL 10 kDC 1 to 5 V, 3-wires RL 10 kDC 1 to 6 V, 3-wires RL 10 k

2013-06-18/00403698









Ambient conditions

Accuracy

Process connection

Material 316 Ti stainless steel

Measurement diaphragm

Material 316 L stainless steel

Housing

Material 316 Ti stainless steel

Sealing cone

Material FPM


Diameter 25 mm


Medium/environment 0 to 50 °C

The instrument must not be allowed to freeze in the medium!The medium may make it necessary to impose a restriction.




a As defined by EN 61326-2-3

Class B


b As defined by EN 61326-1


Protectionc

c As defined by EN 60529



Measuring range 0.25 0.4 0.6 1 1.6 2.5 bar

Linearitya

a Linearity based on limit point setting

0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 % of FS

Accuracy at 20 °Cb

b Includes: linearity, hysteresis, repeatability, deviation from initial (offset) and final values of measuring range

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 % of FS

Accuracy at 0 to 50 °Cc

c Includes: linearity, hysteresis, repeatability, deviation from initial (offset) and final values of measuring range, thermal effect on initial value of measuring range and span

1.6 1.6 1.3 1.1 1.1 1.1 % of FS


d As defined by EN 61298-1

< 0.2 % of FS

2013-06-18/00403698







Auxiliary power


6-core, shielded cable with integrated pressure compensation tube; AWG 24 with ferrules

Voltage supply UBa

a Residual ripple: Peak voltages must not exceed or fall below the values specified for the power supply!

0 to 20 mA, 3-wires (output 402) DC 11.5 to 30 V, nominal voltage DC 24 V


4 to 20 mA, 3-wires (output 406) DC 11.5 to 30 V, nominal voltage DC 24 V


DC 0 to 10 V, 3-wires (output 415) DC 11.5 to 30 V, nominal voltage DC 24 V



Max. power consumption 25 mA

Circuit SELV

Material

Outer sheath PE, PUR, FEP

Pressure compensation tube PA

Color

PE and C-PE cables Black

PUR cable Pebble-gray

External diameter Approx. 8.4 mm

Conductor cross-section 0.25 mm2

Bending radius

moveable 160 mm

fixed 120 mm

Please note that a bend in the cable prevents ambient pressure compensation.

Tensile force Up to 400 N

Weight

PE and PUR cables Approx. 115 g/m

FEP cable Approx. 90 g/m

Permissible medium temperatures -40 to +70 °C (subject to the medium)

UV resistance PE and PUR cables as defined VDE 0207, test method EN 60811 part 2-1, section 8

FEP cable as defined by EN ISO 4892-2

2013-06-18/00403698







Connection diagram

Connection Pin assignment

Cable



UBa

0 V/S- S+

a The voltage spikes may not exceed or fall below the specified values of the voltage supply!

WhiteGrayYellow



UB/S+0 V/S-

WhiteGray



UB0 V/S- S+

WhiteGrayYellow

DC 0.5 to 4.5 V ratiometric (output 412)

Voltage supply DC 5 VNominal voltage DC 5 V

UB0 V/S- S+

WhiteGrayYellow

DC 0 to 10 V, 3-wires (output 415)


UB0 V/S- S+

WhiteGrayYellow

DC 1 to 5 V, 3-wires (output 418)DC 1 to 6 V, 3-wires (output 420)


UB0 V/S- S+

WhiteGrayYellow

Screen

Caution: Ground the instrument!Ground all connected devices (e.g. pumps, valves) to the same potential!

Black

2013-06-18/00403698







Dimensions



Process connection 659

(a) Cable length as required by customer (a) Sensitive membrane

(b) Protective cap

Cable clamp assembly Terminal box with pressure compensation

Part no. 00061389 Part no. 00061206

Screw plug (cover mounting)

Part no. 00333329

(1) Mounting hole

12

25Ø

60°

8

3Ø

5x

93

65

4

11

6

L (a)

G 1/4

122

4

14

(a)

22

17Ø

7

24 40°

19

(b)

(a)

(1)

sw 30

39

14

G1 1/2 A

2013-06-18/00403698







Order details

(1) Basic type

402090/000 JUMO MAERA S26 - Level probe

402090/023 JUMO MAERA S26 - Level probe with improved accuracya

a Devices with reduced characteristic deviation can be supplied only with output 405 and only for spans from 600 mbar up to 6 bar.

402090/999 JUMO MAERA S26 - Level probe, special version

(2) Input







999 Special measuring range relative pressure

(3) Output

402 0 to 20 mA, 3-wire

405 4 to 20 mA, 2-wire

406 4 to 20 mA, 3-wire

412 0,5 to 4.5 V, 3-wire

415 0 to 10 V, 3-wire

418 1 to 5 V, 3-wire

420 1 to 6 V, 3-wire


567 G 1/4 female

658 Connection closed at bottom

659 Connection open at bottom

(5) Material of process connection



14 PUR cable, grey, screened,e.g. suitable for use in water (seawater, well water, brine), as well as in coolant and lubricant (UV-resistant)

15 PE-LD cable, black, screened,e.g. suitable for use in water (seawater, well water, brine, UV-resistant)

25 FEP cable, black, screened,e.g. suitable for use in water (seawater, saltwater, well water, and mine water) as well as in different oils, fuels, and solvents (UV-resistant)

(7) Cable length

005 5 m

010 10 m

... ...

100 100 m

(8) Extra codes

000 None

593 Fitting with cutting rings (preparation for protection tube)

631 Higher humidity and vibration protect

(1) (2) (3) (4 (5) (6) (7) (8)

Order code - - - - - - /

Order example 402090/000 - 454 - 405 - 659 - 20 - 15 - 010 / 000

2013-06-18/00403698







Accessories

Article Part no.

Terminal box with pressure compensation 00061206

Cable clamp assemblya

a The hot-dip galvanized housing is made of sheet steel. The clamping jaws and guide chambers are made of fiberglass-reinforced PA molding compound.

00061389

Screw plug 00333329

Pressure equalization filter for cable 00382632







2014-03-18/00519466

Brief descriptionThe JUMO dTRANS p20 DELTA differential pressure transmitter with HART® interface combinesmaximum precision with simple operation. It is used to measure the differential pressure of ga-ses, vapors and liquids. The integrated LCD shows measurements and device data.In the version with “Ex ia (intrinsically safe)“ explosion protection, the differential pressure trans-mitter can be fitted up to zone 0. The housing and sensors are made from high-quality stainless steel. It is also possible to con-nect remote seals for special process engineering applications (see data sheets 409772 to409784).The transmitter is programmable, making it readily adaptable to a variety of different measu-rement tasks. A user-friendly setup program is available as an accessory, for operation via in-terfaces. A rotary knob ensures highly convenient and fast local, manual operation.

For the "Ex d" explosion protection version, see data sheet 403023.For the relative and absolute pressure version, see data sheet 403025 and 403026.

Block diagram

Type

403

022

Differential pressure

Voltage supply

Rotary knobTo operate: turn and press

Display2-line plus bar graph

Analog output4 to 20 mAlinear or square root

HART interface®

®setup programHART Communicator

JUMO interfacesetup program

Key features• Stainless steel housing

• HART® interface

• Ex ia explosion protection (gas and dust)according to ATEX, INMETRO and GOST-R

• 0.07 % linearity

• Rotary knob for ease of operation

• Setup program

• LCD display with bar graph

• Display scaling with a choice of measurement units

• Display of sensor temperature

• Display of minimum and maximum pressures

• Current sensor function

• Characteristic and display also adjustable for flow measurement

Type 403022/0-0-1-...

Type 403022/0-0-2-...

Type 403022/0-0-3-...

Approvals/marks of conformity (see Technical data)

JUMO dTRANS p20 DELTA

Differential pressure transmitter

2014-03-18/00519466







Technical data

General

Input

Output

Reference conditions DIN 16086, DIN EN 60770 and DIN IEC 770/5.3

Sensor system Silicon sensor with stainless steel separating diaphragm

Pressure transfer medium

For measuring system filling medium 1 Silicon oil

For measuring system filling medium 2 Halogenized filling oil

Permissible load change > 10 million

Location


Calibration position Device standing vertically, process connection on bottom

Position-dependent zero point offset 1 mbarZero point calibration possible locally or via setup.

Display LCD, two-line with bar graph

Alignment Display unit can be rotated 90° at a timeHousing can be rotated ±160°

Size Display field 22 × 35 mm/font size 7 mm/5-digit

Color Black

Measurement unit display options

Input pressure inH2O, inHg, ftH2O, mmH2O, mmHg, psi, bar, mbar, kg/cm2, kPa, Torr, MPa, mH2O

Measurement value % or scaled with a freely adjustable measurement unit

Output current mA

Sensor temperature °C; °F

Additional display data Minimum pressure, maximum pressure, error, overrange, underrange, operating hours

Operation

Local With rotary knob and LCD

Setup program Via interface

Interface

Standard JUMO interfacea, socket at front

a The JUMO interface must not be used for instruments with ATEX Ex ia explosion protection! These instruments can be operated by the rotaryknob or via the HART® interface.

For output 410 (4 to 20 mA with HART®) JUMO interfacea and HART® interface

Nominal pressure

Nominal measuring range -10 to +10 mbar DP -1 to +1 bar DP 0 to +1 bar DP -1 to +6 bar DP -1 to +100 bar DP

Nominal pressure (bar) PN2 PN210 PN210, optional PN420

Analog output

For output 405 4 to 20 mA, two wires

For output 410 4 to 20 mA, two wires with HART®

Step response time T60 190 ms without damping

Damping adjustable, 0 to 100 s

Burden

For output 405 (4 to 20 mA) Burden (UB-11.5 V) ÷ 0.022 A

For output 410 (4 to 20 mA with HART®) Burden (UB-11.5 V) ÷ 0.022 A; additional: min. 250 , max. 1100

2014-03-18/00519466







Voltage supply


Ambient conditions

For version

Explosion protection 0 (none) DC 11.5 to 36 V

Explosion protection 1 (ATEX Ex ia) DC 11.5 to 28 VThe voltage supply must be intrinsically safe and must not exceed the following maximum values:Ui DC 28 VIi 93 mAPi 750 mW

Process connection

Materials

Membrane

For process connection 20 (Edelstahl) Stainless steel 316L

For process connection 82 (Hastelloy®) Hastelloy® C276, mat. no.: 2.4819

For process connection 80 (tantalum) Tantalum

Flange Stainless steel 316

Seal PTFE

Housing

Material

For housing 1 (short, stainless steel) Stainless steel 1.4404

For housing 2 (long, stainless steel) Stainless steel 1.4404, VMQ

For housing 3 (precision casting) Precision casting 1.4408

For cover material 20 (stainless steel) Precision casting 1.4408, seal FPM

For cover material 85 (plastic) PA, FPM seal

For electrical connection 36(M12 × 1 round plug)

Nickel-plated brass

For electrical connection 82(cable gland, plastic)

PA

For electrical connection 93(cable gland, metal)

Nickel-plated brass

For operation 0 (without control knob) -

For operation 1 (with control knob) PA

Explosion protection

For explosion protection 0 (none) The instrument is not approved for use in hazardous (Ex) areas.

For explosion protection 1 (ATEX Ex ia) EC type examination certificate SEV 09 ATEX 0138 XII 1G Ex ia IIC T4 GaII 1D Ex ia IIIC T105 °C Da

Weight

Type 403022/0-0-1 (short housing) Approx. 3.0 kg

Type 403022/0-0-2 (long housing) Approx. 3.3 kg

Type 403022/0-0-3 (precision casting housing)

Approx. 4.0 kg

For extra code 694 (increased nominal pressure)

The instrument weight increases by approx. 3.8 kg.


Operation Version Category Max. medium temperature

Ambienttemperaturea

Extended ambient temperature (extra code 681)a, b

Standard +110 °C -40 to +85 °C -50 to +85 °C

II 1G Ex ia T4 +100 °C -40 to +60 °C -50 to +60 °C

II 1D Ex ia T105 °C +100 °C -40 to +60 °C -50 to +60 °C


2014-03-18/00519466







Accuracy


Operation 100 % incl. condensation on instrument outer sleeve

Storage 90 % without condensation


Vibration performance 2 g, 10 to 500 Hz to DIN EN 60770-3

Shock resistance 15 g for 6 ms to IEC 60068-2-29

Electromagnetic compatibility To EN 61326


Interference resistance Industry

Protection

Version

Explosion protection 0 (none) IP67 to DIN EN 60529

Explosion protection 1 (ATEX Ex ia) IP66 to DIN EN 60529

a Restricted function below -20 °C: stationary use, increased danger of broken cable, display does not function; device cannot be operated when temperature is under -30 °C.

b In the range of -40 to -50 °C, the cover with the instrument viewing pane must also be protected against mechanical shock and impact. For details please contact JUMO


Nominal measuring range -10 to +10 mbarDP

-1 to +1 bar DP

0 to 1 bar DP

-1 to +6 bar DP

-1 to +100 bar DP

Factory setting for measuring range 0 to 10 mbar 0 to 1 bar 0 to 6 bar 0 to 100 bar

Minimum span 1 mbar 5 mbar 0.350 bar 2.5 bar

Turndown ratio (r) r 20 r 400 r 200 r 20 r 40.4

Linearity for linear characteristic as % of the set span

0.1 % for r 2

0.07 %for r 10

0.07 %for r 5

r × 0.05 %for 2 r 20

r × 0.007 %for 10 r 400

r × 0.007 %for 10 r 200

r × 0.014 %for 5 r 20

r × 0.014 %for 5 r 40.4

Accuracy at +20°Cas % of the set span

0.2 %for r 2

0.1 %for r 10

0.1 %for r 5

r × 0.1 %for 2 r 20

r × 0.01 %für 10 r 400

r × 0.01 %for 10 r 200

r × 0.02 %for 5 r 20

r × 0.02 %for 5 r 40.4

Accuracy at -20 to +85 °Cas % of the set span

0.5 %for r 2(up to +60 °C)

0.2 %for r 10

0.2 %for r 5

r × 0.25 %for 2 r 20(up to +60 °C)

r × 0.02 %for 10 r 400

r × 0.02 %for 10 r 200

r × 0.04 %for 5 r 20

r × 0.04 %for 5 r 40.4


1.0 %for r 2

0.6 %for r 10

0.6 %for r 5

r × 0.5 %for 2 r 20

r × 0.06 %for 10 r 400

r × 0.06 %for 10 r 200

r × 0.12%for 5 r 20

r × 0.12 %for 5 r 40.4

Accuracy at +60 to +85 °Cas % of the set span

2.0 %for r 2

r × 1.0 %for 2 r 20

Effect of static pressure P (bar)as % of nominal measuring range

1% P × 0.0005 % P × 0.0003 % P × 0.0025 % P × 0.001 %

Long-term stabilityas % of nominal measuring range

0.6 %/year 0.1 %/year 0.2 %/year

2014-03-18/00519466







Approvals/marks of conformity

Mark of conformity Testing laboratory Certificate/certification number

Test basis Valid for

ATEX electrosuisse SEV 09 ATEX 0138 X EN 60079-0EN 60079-11EN 60079-26

403022/x-1-...

INMETRO CEPEL CEPEL 13.2213X IEC 60079IEC 60529

Extra code 227

GOST-R

2014-03-18/00519466







Dimensions

Type 403022/0-0-1 (short, stainless steel, with M12 connection) Type 403022/0-0-2 (long, stainless steel, with cable gland)

Type 403022/0-0-3 (precision casting, with cable gland) For extra code 694 (increased nominal pressure PN420)

A = Cable gland M20 × 1.5

86.5

138

104

63.5

54

87

94

12

7

19

1

7/1

6-2

0U

NF

1/4

-18

NP

T

41

.3

ø7

3

51

A

136

182

109

66

57

119

ø73

A

deepfor mounting

2014-03-18/00519466







Elektrical connection


Cable gland Round plug M12 × 1

Voltage supplyDC 11.5 to 36 V for none Ex versionDC 11.5 to 28 V for Ex version

1 L+2 L-

1 L+3 L-

Output4 to 20 mA two wireImpressed current 4 to 20 mA in voltage supply

1 L+2 L-

1 L+3 L-

Current output test connectionInherent resistance of ammeter 10

TEST +TEST -

HART® test connectionThe burden must be present!

HART +HART -

Functional ground 3 4

Cable gland Round plug M12 × 1

1

4

2

3

2014-03-18/00519466








403022 JUMO dTRANS p20 DELTA


0 None

9 Special design

(3) Explosion protection

0 None

1 ATEX Ex iaa

(4) Housing

1 Short, stainless steel, with M12 connectionb

2 Long, stainless steel, with cable gland

3 Precision casting, with cable gland


36 Round plug, M12 × 1

82 Cable gland, plastic

93 Cable gland, metal

(6) Cover material


85 Plastic

(7) Display

0 Without display (LCD)

1 With display (LCD)

(8) Operation

0 Without control knob

1 With control knob

(9) Nominal measuring range

530 -10 to +10 mbar DPc, d

531 -1 to +1 bar DPd

532 0 to 1 bar DP

533 -1 to +6 bar DP

534 -1 to +100 bar DP

(10) Output

405 4 to 20mA, two wire

410 4 to 20mA, two wire with HART® protocol


511 2× pressure connection 1/4-18 NPT, to EN 837

998 Suitable for connecting to a diaphragm seal



80 Tantalum

82 NiMo

(13) Measuring system filling medium

01 Silicon oil

02 Halogenized oil

(14) Extra codes

000 None

100 Customized settinge

226 With GOST R approval

227 With INMETRO approval


2014-03-18/00519466







Accessories

Software

633 With mounting kit for wall and pipe mounting

634 With TAG number

635 With manufacturer declaration NACEf

681 Extended admissible ambient temperature

694 Increased nominal pressure PN 420 bar

a ATEX Ex ia does not apply in connection with a cable gland made out of plastic (82) and the output 4 to 20 mA (405).b The short case is only available with a round plug M12 × 1 (36) as electrical connection.c This input is only available with a process connection made out of stainless steel (20).d This inputs specified above are not available with an increased nominal pressure (694).e Please specifiy required setting in plain text. For factory setting see "Accuracy" section in data sheet.f Only with process connection material 82 (NiMo)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14)

Order code / - - - - - - - - - - - /

Order example 403022 / 0 - 0 - 2 - 82 - 20 - 1 - 1 - 532 - 405 - 511 - 20 - 1 / 000

Article Part no.

PC interface with USB/TTL convertera

a The PC interface cable is the connection between the JUMO interface of the differential pressure transmitter and the USB interface of a PC.

00456352

HART® modem USBb

b The HART® modem is the connection between the HART® interface of the differential pressure transmitter and the USB interface of a PC.

00443447

4-pole terminal box, straight, M12 × 1, with 2 m PVC cable 00404585

4-polige terminal box, angled, M12 × 1, mit 2 m PVC cable 00409334

5-pole terminal box M12 × 1, straight, without cable 00419130

5-pole terminal box M12 × 1, angled, without cable 00419133

SET oval flange 1/2" NPT/accessories set 7/16-20UNF 00543775

Mounting kit, set includes 7/16-20 UNF screws 00543777

Data Sheet

Manifolds 409706

Pressure separator with milk pipe fitting DIN 11851 409772



Pressure separator with ISS connection or SMS connection or RJT connection and slotted ring nut 409778


Pressure separator with male thread ISO 228/1 or ANSI B 1.201 409782

Pressure separator with flange connection EN 1092-1 with sealing lip Form B1 409784

Pressure separator with flange connection to ANSI B 16.5 with sealing lip Form RF 409786

Ex-i Power supply/input isolating amplifier 707530

Article Part no.

JUMO Setup dTRANS p20 series 00537577







2014-03-18/00535628

Brief descriptionThe JUMO dTRANS p20 DELTA Ex d type differential pressure transmitter with a HART®

interface combines maximum precision with simple operation. It is used to measure thedifferential pressure of gases, vapors and liquids. The integrated LCD shows measurementvalues and device data.The explosion-proof differential pressure transmitter can be mounted in Zone 0.The enclosure and sensors are made from high-quality stainless steel. It is also possible toconnect remote seals for special process engineering applications (see data sheets 409772 to409784).The transmitter is programmable, making it readily adaptable to a variety of differentmeasurement tasks. A user-friendly setup program is available as an accessory, for operationvia interfaces. A rotary knob ensures highly convenient and fast local, manual operation.

For the "Ex ia" explosion protection version, see data sheet 403022.For the relative or absolute pressure versions, see data sheets 403025 and 403026.

Block diagram

Type

403

023


Voltage supply

HART interface®

®setup programHART Communicator


Analog output4 to 20 mAlinear or square root


JUMO interfacesetup program

Key features• Stainless steel enclosure


• Ex d explosion protection (gas and dust)according to ATEX, INMETRO and GOST-R



• Setup program






• Characteristic and display also adjustable for flow measurement

JUMO dTRANS p20 DELTA Ex d

Differential pressure transmitter with explosion-proof enclosure

Type 403023


2014-03-18/00535628







Technical data

Generall

Input

Output

Voltage supply

Reference conditions DIN 16086, EN 60770 and DIN IEC 770/5.3



For measuring system 1 filling medium Silicon oil

For measuring system 2 filling medium Halogenated filling oil

Permissible load changes > 10 million

Location



Position-dependent zero point offset 1 mbarZero point correction possible locally or via setup


Alignment Display unit can be rotated 90° at a timeEnclosure can be rotated ±160°

Size Display field 22 mm × 35 mm/font size 7 mm/5 digits

Color Black


Input pressure inH2O, inHg, ftH2O, mmH2O, mmHg, psi, bar, mbar, kg/cm2, kPa, Torr, MPa, mH2O


Output current mA

Sensor temperature °C, °F

Additional display data Minimum pressure, maximum pressure, error, overrange, underrange, operating hours, deviceparameters

Operation



Interface

Standard JUMO interfacea, socket at front

a The JUMO interface must not be used in a potentially explosive atmosphere! In this situation, the instrument can be operated by the rotaryknob or via the HART® interface.


Nominal pressure

Nominal measuring range -10 to +10 mbar DP -1 to +1 bar DP 0 to 1 bar DP -1 to +6 bar DP -1 to +100 bar DP

Nominal pressure (bar) PN2 PN210 PN210, optional PN420

Analog output

For output 405 4 to 20 mA, two wire

For output 410 4 to 20 mA, two wire with mit HART®


Damping adjustable 0 to 100 s

Burden

For output 405 (4 to 20 mA) Burden (UB-11,5 V) ÷ 0,022 A

For output 410 (4 to 20 mA with HART®) Burden (UB-11,5 V) ÷ 0,022 A; also: min. 250 , max. 1100

Voltage supply DC 11.5 to 36 V

2014-03-18/00535628








Ambient conditions

Process connection

Materials

Diaphragm

For process connection 20 (stainless steel) Stainless steel 316L

For process connection 82 (Hastelloy®) Hastelloy® C276, mat. no.: 2.4819

For process connection 80 (tantalum) Tantalum

Flange Stainless steel 316

Seal PTFE

Enclosure

Enclosure material Precision casting 1.4408

Cover material Precision casting 1.4408, FPM seal

Control knob material



Explosion protection EC type examination certificate SEV 10 ATEX 0127 XII 1/2G Ex d IIC T6 to T4 Ga/GbII 2D Ex t IIIC T105 °C Db

Weight ca. 4,0 kg

For extra code 694 (increased nominal pressure )

The instrument weight increases by approx. 3.8 kg.


In operation Version Category Max. medium temperature

Ambient temperaturea

a Restricted function below -20 °C: stationary use, increased danger of broken cable, display does not function; device cannot be operated when temperature is under -30 °C.


b In the range of -40 to -50 °C, the cover with the instrument viewing pnae must also be protected against mechanical shock and impact. Fordetails please contact JUMO.

II 1/2G Ex d T6 +70 °C -40 to +60 °C -50 to +60 °C

T5 +85 °C -40 to +70 °C -50 to +70 °C

T4 +110 °C -40 to +85 °C -50 to +85 °C

II 1/2D Ex d T105 °C +100 °C -40 to +85 °C -50 to +85 °C



In operation 100% incl. condensation on instrument outer sleeve

Storage 90% without condensation


Vibration performance 2 g, 10 to 500 Hz to DIN EN 60770-3


Electromagnetic coompatibility Ton EN 61326


Interference immunity Industrial

Protection IP66 to EN 60529

2014-03-18/00535628







Accuracy



Nominal measuring range -10 to 10 mbar DP -1 to 1 bar DP 0 to 1 bar DP -1 to 6 bar DP -1 to 100 bar DP

Factory setting for measuring range 0 to 10 mbar 0 to 1 bar 0 to 1 bar 0 to 6 bar 0 to 100 bar

Minimum span 1 mbar 5 mbar 5 mbar 0.350 bar 2.5 bar

Turndown ratio (r) r 20 r 400 r 200 r 20 r 40.4

Linearity for a linear characteristic as % of the set span

0.1 %for r 2

0.07 %for r 10

0.07 %for r 5

r x 0.05 %for 2 r 20

r x 0.007 %for 10 r 400

r x 0.007 %for 10 r 200

r x 0.014 %for 5 r 20

r x 0.014 %for 5 r 40.4

Accuracy at +20 °Cas % of the set span

0.2 %for r 2

0.1 %for r 10

0.1 %for r 5

r x 0.1 %for 2 r 20

r x 0.01 %for 10 r 400

r x 0.01 %for 10 r 200

r x 0.02 %for 5 r 20

r x 0.02 %for 5 r 40.4


0.5 %for r 2

(up to +60°C only)

0.2 %for r 10

0.2 %for r 5

r x 0.25 %for 2 r 20

(up to +60 °C only)

r x 0.02 %for 10 r 400

r x 0.02 %for 10 r 200

r x 0.04 %for 5 r 20

r x 0.04 %for 5 r 40.4


1.0 %for r 2

0.6 %for r 10

0.6 %for r 5

r x 0.5 %for 2 r 20

r x 0.06 %for 10 r 400

r x 0.06 %for 10 r 200

r x 0.12 %for 5 r 20

r x 0.12 %for 5 r 40.4

Accuracy at +60 to +85 °Cas % of the set span

2.0 %for r 2

r x 1.0 %for 2 r 20

Effect of static pressure P (bar)as % of nominal measuring range

1 % P x 0.0005 % P x 0.0003 % P x 0.0025 % P x 0.001 %

Long-term stabilityas a % of the nominal measuring range

0.6 %/year 0.1 %/year 0.2 %/year

Mark of conformity Testing laboratory Certificate/certificationnumber


ATEX electrosuisse SEV 10 ATEX 0127 X Directive 94/9/EC ATEX Ex d


Extra code 227

GOST-R

2014-03-18/00535628







Dimensions

For extra code 694 (increased nominal pressure PN420)


A

A

for mounting

deep

2014-03-18/00535628








Voltage supplyDC 11.5 to 36 V

1 L+2 L-

Output4 to 20 mA two wiresImpressed current 4 to 20 mA in voltage supply

1 L+2 L-


TEST +TEST -


HART +HART -

Functional ground 3

Grounding or equipotential bonding outside, on the enclosure

Cable gland

2014-03-18/00535628







Order details

(1) Basic type

403023 JUMO dTRANS p20 DELTA Ex d


0 None

9 Special design

(3) Display

0 Without display

1 With display

(4) Operation


1 With control knob

(5) Nominal measuring range of input

530 -10 to +10 mbar DPa, b

a This input is only available with a process connection made out of stainless steel (20).b The inputs specified above are not available with an increased nominal pressure (694).

531 -1 to +1 bar DPb

532 0 to 1 bar DP

533 -1 to +6 bar DP

534 -1 to +100 bar DP

(6) Output

410 4 to 20mA, two-wire with HART® protocol


511 1/4-18 NPT, to EN 837




80 Tantalum

82 NiMo


01 Silicon oil

02 Halogenated oil

(10) Extra codes

000 None

100 Customized settingc

c Please specify the setting you want in plain text. For factory setting see "Accuracy" section in data sheet.




633 With holder for wall and pipe mounting

634 With TAG number

635 With manufacturer declaration NACEd

d Only with process connection material 82 (NiMo)

681 Extended permissible ambient temperature

694 Increased nominal pressure PN420 bar

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Order code / - - - - - - - /

Order example 403023 / 0 - 1 - 1 - 532 - 405 - 511 - 20 - 01 / 000

2014-03-18/00535628







Accessories

Software

Article Part no.


a The PC interface cable is the connection between the JUMO interface of the differential pressure transmitter and the USB interface of a PC.

00456352

HART® modem USBb

b The HART® modem is the connection between the HART® interface of the differential pressure transmitter and the USB interface of a PC.

00443447

SET oval flange 1/2" NPT/accessories set 7/16-20UNF 00543775

Mounting kit, set includes 7/16-20 UNF screws 00543777

Data Sheet

Manifolds 409706










Article Part no.


/11






Data Sheet 403025

2014-03-18/00535026

Brief descriptionThe JUMO dTRANS p20 pressure transmitter with HART® interface combines maximum precision with easy operation. It is used to measure the relative and absolute pressures of ga-ses, vapors and liquids. The integrated LCD shows measurements and device data. In the ver-sion with “Ex ia (intrinsically safe)“ explosion protection, the pressure transmitter can be fitted up to zone 0. The housing and sensors are made from high-quality stainless steel. Various front-flush process connections are available for applications to meet hygiene requirements, including the EHEDG-certified PEKA connection system (see data sheet 409711). A high-temperature version capable of withstanding medium temperatures up to 200°C has been specifically designed for application involving hot media and pipes.It is also possible to connect remote seals for special process engineering applications (see data sheets 409772 to 409784).The transmitter is programmable, making it readily adaptable to a variety of different measu-rement tasks. A user-friendly setup program is available as an accessory, for operation via the interfaces. A rotary knob ensures highly convenient and fast local, manual operation.

For the "Ex d" explosion protection version, see data sheet 403026.For the differential pressure version, see data sheet 403022.

Key features• Stainless steel housing


• Ex ia explosion protection (gas and dust)according to ATEX, INMETRO and GOST-R


• Turn Down 1:50

• Medium temperature up to 200 °C


• Setup program






Block diagram

Type

403

025

Relative and absolutepressure

Voltage supply

HART interface®

®Setup programHART Communicator


Analog output4 to 20 mA

Rotary knobTo operate: turn an press

JUMO interfaceSetup program

JUMO dTRANS p20

Process pressure transmitter

Type 403025/0-0-1-...

Type 403025/0-0-2-...

Type 403025/0-0-3-...


2014-03-18/00535026







Technical data

General

Input

Output




For measuring system filling medium 0 Without transfer medium

For measuring system filling medium 1 Silicon oil, FDA-compliant


Location



Location-dependent zero point offset Zero point calibration possible locally or via setup.

For medium temperature 1 (up to 120 °C) 1 mbar

For medium temperature 2 (up to 200 °C) 10 mbar



Size Display field 22 × 35 mm/font size 7 mm/5 digits

Color Black


Input pressure mH2O, inH2O, inHg, ftH2O, mmH2O, mmHg, psi, bar, mbar, kg/cm2, kPa, Torr, MPa


Output current mA


Additional display data Minimum pressure, maximum pressure, error, overrange, underrange, operating hours, device parameters

Operation



Interface

Standard JUMO interfacea

a The JUMO interface must not be used for instruments with ATEX Ex ia explosion protection! These instruments can be operated by the rotary knob or via the HART®

interface.


Relative pressure

Nominal measuring range -600 to +600 mbar rel.

-1 to +4 bar rel. -1 to +25 bar rel. -1 to +100 bar rel. -1 to +600 bar rel.

Overload capacity 6 bar 30 bar 150 bar 300 bar 1200 bar

Burst pressure 12 bar 60 bar 250 bar 400 bar 2000 bar

Absolute pressure

Nominal measuring range 0 to 0.6 bar abs. 0 to 4 bar abs. 0 to 25 bar abs. 0 to 100 bar abs.

Overload capacity 6 bar 30 bar 150 bar 300 bar

Burst pressure 12 bar 60 bar 250 bar 400 bar

Analog output

For output 405 4 to 20 mA, two wire

For output 410 4 to 20 mA, two wire with HART®


Damping adjustable, 0 to 100 s

2014-03-18/00535026







Voltage supply


Burden

For output 405 (4 to 20 mA) Burden (UB-11.5 V) ÷ 0.022 A

For output 410 (4 to 20 mA with HART®) Burden (UB-11.5 V) ÷ 0.022 A; additional: min. 250 , max. 1100

For version

Explosion protection 0 (none) DC 11.5 to 36 V

Explosion protection 1 (ATEX Ex ia) DC 11.5 to 28 VThe voltage supply must be intrinsically safeand must not exceed the following maximum values:Ui DC 28 VIi 93 mAPi 750 mW

Process connection

For material 20 316L at front-flush process connection

316Ti sonst

For material 82 2.4819 NiMo

Surface Ra 0.8 µm

Process seal

For process connection 512 and 571 FPM

For process connection 652 FPM

For process connection 997 (JUMO PEKA) FDA-compliant, EHEDG approved materials: FPM, VMQ, EPDM option, see data sheet 409711

For all other process connections Without a seal

Measuring membrane

For material 20 1.4542 at measuring range 516

316L sonst


Surface Ra 0.8 µm

Housing

Material

For housing 1 (short, stainless steel) Stainless steel 1.4404

For housing 2 (long, stainless steel) Stainless steel 1.4404, VMQ

For housing 3 (precision casting) Precision casting 1.4408

For cover material 20 (stainless steel) Precision casting 1.4408, FPM seal

For cover material 85 (plastic) PA, FPM seal

For electrical connection 36(M12 × 1 round plug)

Nickel-plated brass

For electrical connection 82(cable gland, plastic)

PA

For electrical connection 93(cable gland, metal)

Nickel-plated brass



Explosion protection

For explosion protection 0 (none) The instrument is not approved for use in hazardous (Ex) areas.

For explosion protection 1 (ATEX Ex ia) EC type examination certificate SEV 09 ATEX 0138 XII 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6 to T3 Ga/GbII 1/2D Ex ia IIIC T105 °C Da/Db

Weight

Type 403025/0-0-1 (short housing) Approx. 550 g

Type 403025/0-0-2 (long housing) Approx. 850 g

Type 4030252/0-0-3 (precision casting housing)

Approx. 1600 g

2014-03-18/00535026







Ambient conditions

Accuracy




a Restricted function below -20 °C: stationary use, increased danger of broken cable, display does not function.


b In the range of -40 to -50 °C, the cover with the instrument viewing pane must also be protected against mechanical shock and impact. For details please contact JUMO.

Standard +120 °C -40 to +85 °C -50 to +85 °C

High temperature +200 °C -40 to +85 °C -50 to +85 °C

II 1/2G Ex ia T6 +60 °C -40 to +50 °C -50 to +50 °C

T5 +70 °C -40 to +65 °C -50 to +65 °C

T4 +115 °C -40 to +85 °C -50 to +85 °C

T3c

c Only for high temperature version (temperature of medium 2).

+175 °C -40 to +85 °C -50 to +85 °C

II 1/2D Ex ia T105 °C +100 °C -40 to +60 °C -50 to +60 °C

Storage -40 to +85°C


Operation 100 % incl. condensation on instrument outer sleeve

Storage 90 % without condensation


Vibration performance 2 g, 10 to 2000 Hz to DIN EN 60068-2-6




Interference resistance Industry

Protection

Version

Explosion protection 0 (none) IP67 to DIN EN 60529

Explosion protection 1 (ATEX Ex ia) IP66 to DIN EN 60529

Relative pressure




Minimum span 60 mbar 0.1 bar 0.5 bar 5 bar 30 bar

Turndown ratio (r) r 20 r 50 r 52 r 20


0.1 % for r 10 0.05 % for r 10

r × 0.01 %for 10 r 20

r × 0.005 %for 10 r 50

r × 0.005 %for 10 r 52

r × 0.005 %for 10 r 20

Accuracy at 20 °Cas % of the set span

0.2 % for r 10 0.1 % for r 10

r × 0.02 %for 10 r 20

r × 0.01 %for 10 r 50

r × 0.01 %for 10 r 52

r × 0.01 %for 10 r 20


0.3 % for r 10a

a Only to -30 °C.

0.2 % for r 10 0.2 % for r 10

r × 0.03 %for 10 r 20a

r × 0.02 %for 10 r 50

r × 0.02 %for 10 r 52

r × 0.02 %for 10 r 20


0.1 %/year

2014-03-18/00535026








Absolute pressure



Minimum span 60 mbar 0.1 bar 0.5 bar 5 bar



0.1 % for r 5 0.05 % for r 10

r × 0.02 %for 5 r 10

r × 0.005 %for 10 r 40

r ×x 0.005 %for 10 r 50

r × 0.005 %for 10 r 20


0.2 % for r 5 0.1 % for r 10

r × 0.04 %for 5 r 10

r × 0.01 %for 10 r 40

r × 0.01 %for 10 r 50

r × 0.01 %for 10 r 20


0.3 % for r 5a

a Only to -30 °C.

0.2 % for r 10

r × 0.06 %for 5 r 10a

r × 0.02 %for 10 r 40

r × 0.02 %for 10 r 50

r × 0.02 %for 10 r 20


0.1 %/year



ATEX electrosuisse SEV 09 ATEX 0138 X EN 60079-0EN 60079-11EN 60079-26

403025/x-1-...

EHEDG TUM MAK 03/2006 Document No.8 Process connection 997 (JUMO PEKA)


Extra code 227

DNV Det Norske Veritas AS A-13300 Testing report 203951/4dated 2012-06-13

403025/x-1-.../880

GOST-R

2014-03-18/00535026







Dimensions

Type 403025/0-0-1 (short, stainless steel, with M12 connection)

Type 403025/0-0-2 (long, stainless steel, with cable gland)

Type 403025/0-0-3 (precision casting, with cable gland)


86.5

11

3

138104

64

ø7

3

11

3

A

145

11

6

66109

ø7

3

A

2014-03-18/00535026







Dimensions for medium temperature 2 (high-temperature version)In pressure transmitters suitable for medium temperatures up to 200°C, the increased temperature is dissipated over an extended shaft. The over-all height of all the pressure transmitters in this version increases as in the diagram below, by 41 mm.

Process connections

Dimensions of process connections 604, 606, 613 and 616


504(G1/2)

512(1/2-14 NPT)

564(1/2-14 NPT internal)

571(G3/4)

604 and 606(taper connection nut to DIN 11851)

613 and 616(clamp to DIN 32676)

997(JUMO PEKA)

Connection DN D1 D2 D3 D4 L1 L2

604 25 ø44 ø35 Rd 52 × 1/6“ ø63 15 21

606 40 ø56 ø48 Rd 65 × 1/6“ ø78

613 25 ø43.5 ø50.5

616 50 ø56.5 ø64

1387

364

104

15

2

41

A

G 1/2

203

0.5

1/2-14 NPT

30

.5

20

SW 27

23

.5

1/2-14 NPT

32

16

SW 32

G 3/4

L1

L2

15

D2

D1 31

.5

SW 27

11

2014-03-18/00535026









Cable gland Round plug, M12 × 1

Voltage supplyfor non Ex version DC 11.5 to 36 Vfor Ex version DC 11.5 to 30 V

1 L+2 L-

1 L+3 L-

Output4 to 20 mA two wireImpressed current 4 to 20 mA in voltage supply

1 L+2 L-

1 L+3 L-


TEST +TEST -


HART +HART -

Functional ground 3 4

Cable gland M12 × 1 round plug

1

4

2

3

2014-03-18/00535026







Order details

(1) Basic type

403025 dTRANS p20 process pressure transmitter


0 None

9 Special design

(3) Explosion protection

0 None

1 ATEX Ex iaa

(4) Housing

1 Short, stainless steel, with M12 connection

2 Long, stainless steel, with cable gland

3 Precision casting, with cable gland


36 Round plug, M12 × 1b

82 Cable gland, plastic

93 Cable gland, metal

(6) Cover material


85 Plastic

(7) Display

0 Without display (LCD)

1 With display (LCD)

(8) Operation


1 With control knob

(9) Nominal measuring range

450 -600 to +600 mbar relative pressure




507 0 to 100 bar absolute pressurec



515 -1 to +100 bar relative pressurec

516 -1 to +600 bar relative pressured

(10) Output

405 4 to 20mA, two wire

410 4 to 20mA, two wire with HART® protocol


504 G 1/2 to EN 837

512 1/2-14 NPT to DIN 837

564 1/2-14 NPT internal

571 G 3/4 front-flush to DIN 837

583 M20 (× 1.5) with adapter

604 Taper connection with union nut DN 25 to DIN 11851 (milk cone)

606 Taper connection with union nut DN 40 to DIN 11851 (milk cone)

613 Clamp DN 25 to DIN 32676

616 Clamp DN 50 to DIN 32676/2" ISO 2852

997 JUMO PEKA with EHEDG approval

998 Process connection for pressure separator

2014-03-18/00535026







(12) Temperature of medium

1 Up to 120°Ce

2 Up to 200°Cf



82 NiMo


00 None

01 Silicon oil

(15) Extra codes

000 None

100 Customized settingg



452 Parts in contact with the medium are electropolished, surface roughness Ra 0.8 µm



630 Enlarged pressure channel

634 With TAG number

635 With manufacturer declaration NACEh


691 Improved humidity/vibration protection

880 With DNV certificationi

a ATEX Ex ia does not apply in connection with a cable gland made out of plastic (82), a cover material made out of plastic (85) and the output 4 to 20 mA (405).b The case is only available with a round plug M12×1 (36) as electrical connection.c This inputs specified above are not available with the process connections 604, 606, 613, 616.d This input is not available with the process connections 571, 604, 606, 613, 616, 997.e For ATEX Ex ia 115 °C max.f For ATEX Ex ia 175 °C max.g Please specifiy required setting in plain text. For factory setting see "Accuracy" section in data sheet.h Only with process connection material 82 (NiMo) and process connection 512 or 564.i Only with explosion protection 1 (ATEX Ex ia) and not with nominal measuring range 516.

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15)

Order code / - - - - - - - - - - - - /

Order example 403025 / 0 - 0 - 2 - 82 - 85 - 1 - 1 - 514 - 405 - 504 - 1 - 20 - 1 / 000

2014-03-18/00535026







Accessories

Software

Article Part no.


a The PC interface cable is the connection between the JUMO interface of the pressure transmitter and the USB interface of a PC.

00456352

HART® modem USBb

b The HART® modem is the connection between the HART® interface of the pressure transmitter and the USB interface of a PC.

00443447

4-pole terminal box, straight, M12 × 1, with 2 m PVC cable 00404585

4-polige terminal box, angled, M12 × 1, mit 2 m PVC cable 00409334

5-pole terminal box M12 × 1, straight, without cable 00419130

5-pole terminal box M12 × 1, angled, without cable 00419133

Mounting bracket for 2" pipe and wall 00597711

Data Sheet

Manifolds 409706

JUMO PEKA - Process connection adapter with EHEDG approval 409711










Article Part no.








2014-03-18/00535688

Brief descriptionThe JUMO dTRANS p20 Ex d pressure transmitter with a HART® interface combines maximum precision with simple operation. It is used to measure the relative or absolute pressures of gases, vapors and liquids. The integrated LCD shows measurements and device data. The explosion-proof pressure transmitter can be mounted in Zone 0.The enclosure and sensors are made from high-quality stainless steel. Various front-flush process connections are available for applications to meet hygiene requirements, including the EHEDG-certified PEKA connection system (see data sheet 409711). It is also possible to connect remote seals for special process engineering applications (see data sheets 409772 to 409784).The transmitter is programmable, making it readily adaptable to a variety of different measurement tasks. A user-friendly setup program is available as an accessory, for operation via the interfaces. A rotary knob ensures highly convenient and fast local, manual operation.

For the "Ex ia" explosion protection version, see data sheet 403025.For the differential pressure version, see data sheets 403022 and 403023.

Key features• Stainless steel enclosure


• Ex d explosion protection (gas and dust)according to ATEX, INMETRO and GOST-R


• Turn Down 1:50


• Setup program






Block diagram

Type

403

026

Relative or absolutepressure

Voltage supply

HART interface®

®Setup programHART Communicator


Analog output4 to 20 mA


JUMO interfaceSetup program

JUMO dTRANS p20 Ex d

Process pressure transmitter with explosion-proof enclosure

Type 403026


2014-03-18/00535688







Technical data

General

Input

Output




For measuring system filling medium 0 Without transfer medium

For measuring system filling medium 1 Silicon oil, FDA-compliant


Location



Position-dependent zero point offset 1 mbar; Zero point correction possible locally or via setup



Size Display field 22 × 35 mm/font size 7 mm/5 digits

Color Black


Input pressure mH2O, inH2O, inHg, ftH2O, mmH2O, mmHg, psi, bar, mbar, kg/cm2, kPa, Torr, MPa


Output current mA


Additional display data Minimum pressure, maximum pressure, error, overrange, underrange, operating hours, device parameters

Operation



Interface

Standard JUMO interfacea, socket on front of instrument

a Neither the JUMO interface nor the HART® interface must be used in potentially explosive atmospheres! In thissituation, the instrument mustonly be operated with the rotary knob!


Relative pressure



Overload capacity 6 bar 30 bar 150 bar 300 bar 1200 bar

Bursting pressure 12 bar 60 bar 250 bar 400 bar 2000 bar

Absolute pressure


Overload capacity 6 bar 30 bar 150 bar 300 bar

Bursting pressure 12 bar 60 bar 250 bar 400 bar

Analog output

For output 405 4 to 20 mA, two-wire

For output 410 4 to 20 mA, two-wire with HART®


Damping Adjustable, 0 to 100 s

Burden

For output 405 (4 to 20 mA) Burden (UB-11,5 V) ÷ 0,022 A

For output 410 (4 to 20 mA with HART®) Burden (UB-11,5 V) ÷ 0,022 A; additional: min. 250 , max. 1100

2014-03-18/00535688







Voltage supply


Ambient conditions

Voltage supply DC 11.5 to 36 V

Process connection

For material 20 316L at front-flush process connection

316Ti sonst


Surface Ra 0.8 µm

Process seal

For process connection 512 and 571 FPM

For process connection 652 FPM

For process connection 997 (JUMO PEKA) FDA-compliant: FPM, VMQ, EPDM also available, see data sheet 409711

For all other process connections Without a seal

Measuring membrane

For material 20 1.4542 at measuring range 516

316L sonst


Surface Ra 0.8 µm

Housing

Housing material Precision casting 1.4408

Cover material Precision casting 1.4408, FPM seal

Control knob material



Explosion protection EC type examination certificate SEV 10 ATEX 0127 XII 1/2G Ex d IIC T6 to T4 Ga/GbII 1/2D Ex t IIIC T105 °C Da/Db

Weight Approx. 1.6 kg




a Restricted function below -20 °C: stationary use, increased danger of broken cable, display does not function.

Extended ambienttemperature (extra code 681)a, b

b In the range of -40 to -50 °C, the cover with the instrument viewing pane must also be protected against mechanical shock and impact. For details please contact JUMO.

II 1/2G Ex d T6 +70 °C -40 to +60 °C -50 to +60 °C

T5 +85 °C -40 to +70 °C -50 to +70 °C

T4 +115 °C -40 to +85 °C -50 to +85 °C

II 1/2D Ex d T105 °C +100 °C -40 to +85 °C -50 to +85 °C



Operation 100% incl. condensation on instrument outer sleeve

Storage 90% without condensation


Vibration performance 2 g, 10 to 500 Hz to EN 60770-3




Interference resistance Industrial

Protection IP66 to EN 60529

2014-03-18/00535688







Accuracy


Relative pressure

Nominal measuring range -600 to +600 mbar rel. -1 to +4 bar rel. -1 to +25 bar rel. -1 to +100 bar rel. -1 to +600 bar rel.


Minimum span 60 mbar 0.1 bar 0.5 bar 5 bar 30 bar



0.1 % for r 10 0.05 % for r 10

r × 0.01 %for 10 r 20

r × 0.005 %for 10 r 50

r × 0.005 %for 10 r 52

r × 0.005 %for 10 r 20


0.2 % for r 10 0.1 % for r 10

r × 0.02 %for 10 r 20

r × 0.01 %for 10 r 50

r × 0.01 %for 10 r 52

r × 0.01 %for 10 r 20


0.3% for r 10a

a Only to -30 °C.

0.2% for r 10

r × 0.03 %for 10 r 20a

r × 0.02 %for 10 r 50

r × 0.02 %for 10 r 52

r × 0.02 %for 10 r 20

Long-term stability as % of the nominal measuring range

0.1 %/year

Absolute pressure



Minimum span 60 mbar 0.1 bar 0.5 bar 5 bar



0.1 % for r 5 0.05 % for r 10

r × 0.02 %for 5 r 10

r × 0.005 %for 10 r 40

r × 0.005 %for 10 r 50

r × 0.005 %for 10 r 20


0.2 % for r 5 0.1% for r 10

r × 0.04 %for 5 r 10

r × 0.01 %for 10 r 40

r × 0.01 %for 10 r 50

r × 0.01 %for 10 r 20


0.3 % for r 5a 1

a Only to -30 °C.

0.2% for r 10

r × 0.06 %for 5 r 10 1

r × 0.02 %for 10 r 40

r × 0.02 %for 10 r 50

r × 0.02 %for 10 r 20

Long-term stabilityas % of the nominal measuring range

0.1 %/year



ATEX electrosuisse SEV 10 ATEX 0127 X EN 60079-0EN 60079-1EN 60079-26EN 60079-31

403026/...

EHEDG TUM MAK 03/2006 Document No.8 Process connection 997 (JUMO PEKA)


Extra code 227

GOST-R

2014-03-18/00535688







Dimensions

Process connections

Dimensions of process connections 604, 606, 613 and 616


504(G 1/2)

512(1/2-14 NPT)

564(1/2-14 NPT internal)

571(G 3/4)

604 and 606(tapered adapter with groove union nut to DIN 11851)

613 and 616(Clamp to DIN 32676)

997(JUMO PEKA)

Connection DN D1 D2 D3 D4 L1 L2

604 25 ø 44 ø 35 Rd 52 × 1/6“ ø 6315 21

606 40 ø 56 ø 48 Rd 65 × 1/6“ ø 78

613 25 ø 43.5 ø 50.5

616 50 ø 56.5 ø 64

136

11

6

72

116

ø7

3A

G 1/2

203

0.5

1/2-14 NPT

30

.5

20

SW 27

23

.5

1/2-14 NPT

32

16

SW 32

G 3/4

L1

L2

15

D2

D1 31

.5

SW 27

11

2014-03-18/00535688








Voltage supplyDC 11.5 to 36 V

1 L+2 L-

Output4 to 20 mA, two wiresImpressed current 4 to 20 mA in voltage supply

1 L+2 L-


TEST +TEST -


HART +HART -

Functional ground 3

Grounding or equipotential bonding outside, on the enclosure

Cable gland

2014-03-18/00535688







Order details

(1) Basic type

403026 JUMO dTRANS p20 Ex d


0 None

9 Special design

(3) Display

0 Without display

1 With display

(4) Operation


1 With control knob

(5) Nominal measuring range of input





507 0 to 100 bar absolute pressurea



515 -1 to +100 bar relative pressurea

516 -1 to +600 bar relative pressureb

(6) Output

410 4 to 20mA, two wire with HART®


504 G 1/2 to EN 837

512 1/2-14 NPT to DIN 837


571 G 3/4 front-flush to DIN EN ISO 228-1

583 M20 (× 1.5) with tap

604 Tapered adapter with groove union nut DN 25 to DIN 11851 (milk cone)

606 Tapered adapter with groove union nut DN 40 to DIN 11851 (milk cone)

613 Clamp DN 25/32/40 to DIN 32676

616 Clamp DN 50 to DIN 32676/2" ISO 2852

997 JUMO PEKA with EHEDG approval




82 NiMo

99 Special process connection material


00 Without filling medium

01 Silicon oil

(10) Extra codes

000 None

100 Customized settingc



374 Material inspection certificate 3.1 DIN EN 10204 Material

452 Parts in contact with the medium are electropolished, surface roughness Ra 0.8 µm


2014-03-18/00535688







Accessories

Software


630 Enlarged pressure channel

634 With TAG number

635 With manufacturer declaration NACEd


a This inputs specified above are not available with processs connections 604, 606, 613, 616.b This input is not available with process connections 571, 604, 606, 613, 616, 997.c Please specify required setting in plain text. For factory setting, see Accuracy section.d Only with process connection material 82 (NiMo) and process connection 512 or 564.

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Order code / / , ...

Order example 403026 / 0 - 1 - 1 - 514 - 410 - 504 - 20 - 1 / 000

Article Part no.


a The PC interface cable is the connection between the JUMO interface of the pressure transmitter and the USB interface of a PC.

00456352

HART® modem USBb

b The HART® modem is the connection between the HART® interface of the pressure transmitter and the USB interface of a PC.

00443447

Mounting bracket for 2" pipe and wall 00597711

Data Sheet

Manifolds 409706

JUMO PEKA - Process connection adapter with EHEDG approval 409711










Article Part no.


/2

JUMO GmbH & Co. KGDelivery address:Mackenrodtstraße 14,

36039 Fulda, GermanyPostal address: 36035 Fulda, GermanyPhone: +49 661 6003-0Fax: +49 661 6003-607e-mail: [email protected]: www.jumo.net

JUMO Instrument Co. Ltd.JUMO HouseTemple Bank, RiverwayHarlow, Essex CM 20 2TT, UKPhone: +44 1279 635533Fax: +44 1279 635262e-mail: [email protected]: www.jumo.co.uk

JUMO Process Control, Inc.8 Technology BoulevardCanastota, NY 13032, USAPhone: 315-697-JUMO

1-800-554-JUMOFax: 315-697-5867e-mail: [email protected]: www.jumo.us

Data Sheet 40.4201

6.00/00384382

Technical dataCasepolycarbonate

Parts in contact with mediumpolycarbonate

DiaphragmNBR

Pressure connection2x tubing nipple 4.6mm dia.

Cable entryPg 11

Electrical connectionscrew terminals for up to 2.5mm2 conductor cross-section

Type of contactsingle-pole as changeover switchfine silver (Ag)

ProtectionIP 54

Adjustment ranges, differential

Max. operating pressure0 — 500mbar

Switching point accuracyThe setpoint indicated on the scale con-forms to the actual value with a tolerance of± 15%.

Adjustmentrange mbar

DifferentialΔp in mbar

0.4 to 3 ≤ 0.3

1 to 10 ≤ 0.5

2.5 to 50 ≤ 130 to 150 ≤ 3


Pressure and differential pressureswitch for air, smoke and flue gasesAdjustment range from 0.4 to 150mbar

Brief descriptionPressure and differential pressure switches Type 4 ADS are used to measure vacuum,pressure or differential pressure in HVAC and filter technology, for example.Pressure and differential pressure switches consist essentially of base, diaphragm, inter-mediate disc, case and protective cover. When used as pressure or vacuum switch, thebase and diaphragm with disc form the pressure chamber.When used as a differential pressure switch, the base and a second diaphragm with inter-mediate disc form the two pressure chambers.A pressure change in the pressure chamber causes an axial displacement of a pin linkedto the diaphragm. When the selected switching point is reached, a spring-loaded contactis activated.

Rating6A, 250 V AC, 50 — 60Hz p.f. = 13A, 250 V AC, 50 — 60Hz, p.f. = 0.6

Permissible ambient temperatureand temperature of medium-15 to +60°C

Switching function with risingpressure1 n.c. opening, 2 n.o. closing

Switching function with falling pressure1 n.c. closing , 2 n.o. opening

Operating positionThe standard operating position is with thediaphragm standing vertically; with hori-zontal face-up mounting, the pressuremonitor switches when the pressure isabout 0.5mbar higher.With horizontal face-down mounting, thepressure monitor switches when the pres-sure is about 0.5mbar lower. In an intermediate position, the pressuremonitor will switch at a pressure that devi-ates by a maximum of ± 0.5mbar from theselected setpoint.

AccessoriesHVAC installation kit, consisting of:2 tube connections6 self-tapping screws2 extension tubes1 jig1 plastic fixing bracket

Type 4 ADS-82

6.00/00384382 Subject to modification.

Data Sheet 40.4201JUMO GmbH & Co. KG • 36035 Fulda, Germany Page 2/2

Dimensions

Ordering details

(1) Basic version4 ADS Pressure and differential pressure switch for air, smoke and flue gases

surface-mounting as measuring device for differential pressureadjustment range 0.4 — 150 mbar

(2) Dimensions82 82mm x 82mm

(3) Adjustment ranges01 0.4 — 3mbar02 1 — 10mbar03 2.5 — 50mbar04 30 — 150mbar

(1) (2) (3)Ordering code - ,

Ordering example 4 ADS - 82 , 01

Pg 11

53.7

53.7

44.6

44.6

72o

4.2ØØ3 x 8 deep

15.2

15.2

18.5

18.5

2.5Ø

10

4.6n

6.9

24.9

45.5

82

82

10

15

20







Reference conditionsto DIN 16 086 and DIN IEC 770/5.3

Measuring rangessee ordering details

Overload limitranges 0 to 400 mbar5× full scaleranges above 400 mbar2× full scale

Maximum system pressure(for p measurements)1 bar (on each side)

Bursting pressurefor all ranges 2 bar

Parts in contact with mediumNi, Al, CuBe, PU

Output0 to 10 V burden 2 k0/4 to 20 mA burden 500 4 to 20 mA, burden (UB - 12 V) ÷ 0.02 A2-wire

Burden error 0.2 %

Zero offset 0.5 % of full scale

Ambient temperature errorwithin range +10 to +50 C(compensated temperature range)zero: 0.02 %/°C typical,

0.05 %/°C max.span: 0.02 %/°C typical,

0.05 %/°C max.

Characteristicstandard: linearon request: square root

Deviation from characteristic 1 % of full scale(limit point adjustment, incl. hysteresis and re-peatability)

Response time 20 msec

Stability per year 0.5 % of full scale

Supplysee ordering details

Ripplemax. 1 Vpp

Max. current drawnapprox. 25 mA

Supply voltage error 0.02 % per V(with rated supply voltage DC 24 V)

Permissible ambient temperature-10 to +50 CStorage temperature-10 to +70 CPermissible temperature of medium-10 to +50 CElectromagnetic compatibilityto basic standards EN 50081-1 and EN 50082-1

Mechanical shock10 g/0.1 msec

Mechanical vibration5 g max. at 15 to 2000 Hz

ProtectionIP65 to EN 60529(connecting cable dia. 5 mm min., 7 mm max.)

CaseABS

Process connectionsee ordering details

Electrical connectioncable gland M12 × 1.5;internal screw terminals, for conductor cross-sections up to 1.5 mm2

Limit contact• contact rating: 6 A, AC 230 V• adjustability: 0 to 100 % of full scale• differential: adjustable,

1 to 99 % of set limit• output per limit contact:

1 relay changeover contact (floating)

Nominal positionstandard: vertical on request: horizontalplease specify when ordering

Weight300 g approx.(400 g approx. with AC supply)

2013-10-08/00372941

General applicationPressure and differential pressure transmitters Type 4304 are suitable for measuring overpres-sure, vacuum and differential pressure of non-corrosive gases.Preferred areas of application are: HVAC, level measurement (bubbling-through method), flow measurement and monitoring, and filter technology.On request, the instrument can be supplied with LC display or with LC display and limit contact(s).

Pressure and differential pressure transmitters

Technical data

2013-10-08/00372941








Dimensions

* 80 for basic type extensions “011”, “012”, “014”, “015” and square root

Dimensions for ranges 40 Pa (with automatic zeroing)

Connection Terminals Terminal block

Voltage supplyDC 19 to 31 V

L -L +

12

Voltage supplyAC 230 V or AC 115 V or AC 24 V

NL 1

12

Output0 to 10 V, 0/4 to 20 mA, 3-wire

-+

34

Output4 to 20 mA, 2-wireproportional current in voltage supply

-+

12

5ø

120

151

135

40

5

25 20 32 23

3 70*

28

34

80

17 23

148

137

122

27 23 27 24

5.1Ø

120

108

5 75

120

2317

28.5

33

2013-10-08/00372941







Ordering details

(1) Basic type

404304 Pressure and differential pressure transmitters

(2) Basic type extensions

000 None

011 With one limit contacta, b

012 With two limit contactsa, b

013 LCD display 3 1/2-digit

014 With one limit contact and LCD display 3 1/2-digita, b

015 With two limit contacts and LCD display 3 1/2-digita, b

(3) Nominal input range (overpressure, vacuum, differential pressure)

396 0 to 10 Paa/c

397 0 to 20 Paa/c

398 0 to 30 Paa/c

399 0 to 40 Paa/c

400 0 to 0,5 mbar

401 0 to 0,6 mbar

402 0 to 1 mbar

403 0 to 1,6 mbar

404 0 to 2,5 mbar

405 0 to 4 mbar

406 0 to 5 mbar

407 0 to 6 mbar

408 0 to 10 mbar

409 0 to 16 mbar

410 0 to 25 mbar

411 0 to 40 mbar

412 0 to 50 mbar

413 0 to 60 mbar

414 0 to 100 mbar

415 0 to 160 mbar

420 950 to1050 mbar, abs.d

421 900 to 1100 mbar, abs.d

422 800 to 1200 mbar, abs.d

423 800 to 1000 mbar, abs.d

451 0 to 0,25 bar

452 0 to 0,4 bar

453 0 to 0,6 bar

454 0 to 1,0 bar

488 0 to 1,0 bar, abs.

999 special measuring range

(4) Output

402 0 to 20 mA

403 0 to 20 mA, square root

405 4 to 20 mA, 2-wire

406 4 to 20 mA

407 4 to 20 mA, square root

415 0 to 10 V

416 0 to 10 V, square root

451 0 to 20 mA, extended response time

452 0 to 20 mA, square root, extended response time

2013-10-08/00372941







453 4 to 20 mA, 2-wire, extended response time

454 4 to 20 mA, extended response time

455 4 to 20 mA, square root, extended response time

456 0 to 10 V, extended response time

457 0 to 10 V, square root, extended response time

(5) Voltage supply

02 AC 230 V, -10 to +6 %, 50 to 60 Hz

05 AC 115 V, -10 to +6 %, 50 to 60 Hz

08 AC 24 V, -10 to +6 %, 50 to 60 Hz

27 DC 12 to 32 V (with 4 to 20 mA, 2-wire output)e

28 DC 19 to 31 V


296 Screwed pipe connection 8 mm

298 6.6 mm × 11 mm dia. (for flexible hoses 6 mm dia.)

(7) Extra codes

000 None

a Not with output 405 or 453; not with voltage supply 27.b Not in conjunction with output 403, 407, 416, 452, 455 or 457c With housing 122 mm × 120 mm × 75 mm and automatic zeroing; not with output 405 or 453.d For barometric pressure measurement (if applicable, state site altitude a.m.s.l).e Only in conjunction with output 405 or 453.

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

Order code / - - - - /

Order example 404304 / 000 - 414 - 405 - 27 - 298 / 000

Data Sheet 40.4312 page 1/6

2009-08-24/00528567

JUMO GmbH & Co. KG Tel.: +49 661 6003-715Company address:Moritz-Juchheim-Strasse 1, 36039 Fulda, Germany Fax: +49 661 6003-606Delivery address:Mackenrodtstrasse 14, 36039 Fulda, Germany e-mail: [email protected] address: 36035 Fulda, Germany Internet: www.jumo.net

Pressure transmitter with analog actual value displayType 404312

Brief descriptionThe type 404312 pressure transmitter is available with measuring ranges from -1 to 400 bar. The instrument is an ideal combination of an analog on-site display and ananalog standard output signal for remote transmission of the measurement.Constructed from high-grade stainless steel, this instrument can be used in virtually allmedia, even under harsh conditions. The design gives optimum safety from escapingprocess medium.

Areas of application:- Chemical and process engineering

Key features■ Welded measuring system without seals

■ Parts in contact with medium made of stainless steel

■ Pressure gage functionality even during supply voltage failure

Type 404312/...

2009-08-24/00528567



Technical dataGeneral

Input

1 100% of end of scale2 090% of end of scale

Analog output

Measurement deviation

3 Per EN837-1

Reference conditions Per DIN 16 086 and DIN EN 60770

SensorMaterialPressure transfer medium

Silicon sensor with stainless steel separating diaphragmSynthetic oil


AnyDevice standing vertically, process connection on bottom

Relative and absolute pressure

Measuring range (bar) 0 to 0.6 0 to 1 0 to 1.6 0 to 2.5 0 to 4 0 to 6 0 to 10 0 to 16

Range of use during steady load (bar)1

0.6 1 1.6 2.5 4 6 10 16

Range of use during alternating load (bar)2

0.54 0.9 1.44 2.25 3.6 5.4 0.9 14.4

Measuring range (bar) 0 to 25 0 to 40 0 to 60 0 to 100 0 to 160 0 to 250 0 to 400


25 40 60 100 160 250 400


22.5 36 54 90 144 225 360

Measuring range (bar) -1 to 0 -1 to 0.6 -1 to 1.5 -1 to 3 -1 to 5 -1 to 9 -1 to 15 -1 to 24


0 0.6 1.5 3 5 9 15 24


0 0.54 1.35 2.7 4.5 8.1 13.5 21.6

Output signalElectrical current

Output 402Output 405Output 406

VoltageOutput 415

Jump responset90

0 to 20 mA, three wires4 to 20 mA, two wires4 to 20 mA, three wires

0 to 10 V three wires

≤ 5 ms

Burden0 to 20 mA, three wires4 to 20 mA, two wires4 to 20 mA, three wires

0 to 10 V three wires

Ri ≤ (UB - 10 V) / 0.02 ARi ≤ (UB - 10 V) / 0.02 ARi ≤ (UB - 10 V) / 0.02 A

≥ 10 kΩ

Accuracy3

Characteristic curve deviationHysteresisRepeatabilityResponse time

Class 1.0≤ 0.5% of end value≤ 0.1% of end value≤ 0.5% of end value≤ 3 ms

2009-08-24/00528567




Ambient conditions

1 Per EN613262 Per EN60529 / ICE529

Power supply

5 Conductor cross-section≤ 1.5 mm2

MaterialsProcess connectionSealSensorMeasuring systemEnclosureConnector

Stainless steel 316 (1.4571)The measuring system is welded with no sealsStainless steel 316L (1.4535)Stainless steel 316 (1.4571)Stainless steel 304L (1.4301)PA (polyamide)

WeightInstrument with process connection 504 (G1/2) 550 g

Permissible temperaturesMeasuring materialEnvironmentStorage

-20 to +60-20 to +60-20 to +60

Permissible relative humidityOperationStorage


Electromagnetic compatibility1 Interference emissionInterference immunity

Class Bto industrial requirements

Enclosure protection2

as standardfor extra code 473

IP54IP65

Auxiliary powerTerminal assignmentPower supply UB

for output 402 = 0 to 20 mAfor output 405 = 4 to 20 mAfor output 406 = 4 to 20 mAfor output 415 = 0 to 10 V

Residual ripple

Reverse polarity protectionPower consumption

See page 6/8

11.5 to 30 V DC, nominal voltage 24 V DC10 to 30 V DC, nominal voltage 24 V DC11.5 to 30 V DC, nominal voltage 24 V DC11.5 to 30 V DC, nominal voltage 24 V DCPeak voltages must not exceed or fall below the values specified for the supply voltageyes≤ 25 mA

Electrical connection61 = Terminal box DIN 175301 Form A5

2009-08-24/00528567





61Terminal box

Devices with 3-wire outputPower supplyfor output 402 11.5 to 30 V DCfor output 406 11.5 to 30 V DCfor output 415 11.5 to 30 V DC

UB0 V

1 L+2 L-

Output402 = 0 - 20 mA406 = 4 - 20 mA 415 = 0 - 10 V

S-S+

2 -3 +

Devices with 2-wire outputPower supplyfor output 405 10 to 30 V DC

UB0 V

1 L+2 L-

Output405 = 4 - 20 mA, 2-wireImpressed current 4 to 20 mA in power supply voltage

S-S+

1 +2 -

Grounding 6

1

2

3

2009-08-24/00528567



~49Ø10

87

G1/2A

SW2

24.5

~74

Pg13,5

Ø126

Ø4.

Ø1146

Dimensions

Type 40.4312/000-... with extra code 421

Type 40.4312/000-...

2009-08-24/00528567



Order details

(1) Basic type404312 Pressure transmitter with analog actual value display

(2) Basic type extension000 none999 Special design

(3) Input454 0 - 1.0 bar relative pressure455 0 - 1.6 bar relative pressure456 0 - 2.5 bar relative pressure457 0 - 4 bar relative pressure458 0 - 6 bar relative pressure459 0 - 10 bar relative pressure460 0 - 16 bar relative pressure461 0 - 25 bar relative pressure462 0 - 40 bar relative pressure463 0 - 60 bar relative pressure464 0 - 100 bar relative pressure465 0 - 160 bar relative pressure466 0 - 250 bar relative pressure467 0 - 400 bar relative pressure478 -1 to 0 bar relative pressure479 -1 to 0.6 bar relative pressure480 -1 to 1.5 bar relative pressure481 -1 to 3 bar relative pressure482 -1 to 5 bar relative pressure483 -1 to 9 bar relative pressure484 -1 to 15 bar relative pressure485 -1 to 24 bar relative pressure

(4) Output402 0 to 20 mA three wires405 4 to 20 mA two wires406 4 to 20 mA three wires415 0 to 10 V three wires

(5) Process connection (not front-flush)504 G 1/2 to DIN EN 837

(6) Process connection material20 Stainless steel

(7) Electrical connection65 Terminal box

(8) Extra codes000 none421 Rear fastening brackets473 Enclosure with damping fluid591 Throttle in pressure channel

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)Order code / - - - - - /Sample order 404312 / 000 - 459 - 405 - 504 - 20 - 61 / 000


06.05 / 00349923






Pressure transmitterfor short rangesType 404327

General applicationPressure transmitters are used for evaluating pressures in liquids and gases. The pressuretransmitter incorporates a capacitive ceramic sensor. The pressure is converted into anelectrical signal.


Rangessee ordering data

Overload limit

Bursting pressure150 bar

Wetted componentsnormally aluminium oxide Al2O3 (99.9%)stainless steel Mat. Ref. 1.4571FPMothers to special order

Output0.5 — 4.5 V min. burden 10 k4 — 20 mA max.burden(UB-12 V)/0.02A

Burden errorless than 0.15%

Zero errornot exceeding0.3% full scale

Output span tolerance 1.0% of full scale

Ambient temperature errorwithin the range -20 to +80C(compensated temperature range)zero: less than 0.1%/10°C typical

less than 0.3%/10°C max.span: less than 0.1%/10°C typical

less than 0.2%/10°C max.

Deviation from characteristicnot exceeding0.2% full scale(after full-scale calibration)

Code Range Overload

412 0—50 mbar -0.3/4 bar

414 0—100 mbar -0.3/4 bar

415 0—160 mbar 5 bar

451 0—0.25 bar 6 bar

452 0—0.4 bar 6 bar

453 0—0.6 bar 10 bar

454 0—1.0 bar 10 bar

Response time10 msec max.

Stability per year0.2% full scale or better

Supply12 — 30 V DC (with 4 — 20 mA output)5 V 0.5 V DC (with 0.5 — 4.5 V output)Residual hum: the voltage spikes must not go above or below the values specified for the supply.Current uptake:on 5 V DC: 2 mA max.on 24 V DC: 25 mA max.

Supply voltage error24 V DC nominal supply voltage:not exceeding 0.01%/V

5 V DC (0.5 V) supply:proportional to supply voltage

Permitted ambient temperature-20 to +80C

Storage temperature-20 to +125C

Permitted temperature of medium-20 to +80C

Electromagnetic compatibilityElectrostatic discharge:IEC 801-2 severity 4(test voltage15 kV)Radiated electromagnetic field:IEC 801-3 severity 3Fast transients (burst):IEC 801-4 severity 4Immunity to voltage pulses (surge):VDE 0843 Part 5 severity 2Immunity to conductor-born interference induced by high-frequency fields:VDE 0843 Part 6 severity 3 (U0=3 V)The pressure transmitter Type 404327meets all requirements of EN 50082-2 (CE mark) for use in industrial areas.

Mechanical shock100 g/1 msec

Mechanical vibration20 g max. at 15 — 2000 Hz

Protectionwith terminal boxIP65 to EN 60 529(connecting cable diameter5 mm min., 7 mm max.)with attached cableIP67 to EN 60 529

Casestainless steel, Mat. Ref. 1.4571polycarbonate GF

Pressure connectionsee ordering data,other connections to special order

Electrical connectionsee ordering dataAll connection variants are fitted with 2 m PVC cable (other lengths to special order)Terminal box to DIN 43 650,Form A,max. conductor cross-section 1.5 mm2;orattached PVC cableorterminal head

Nominal positionflat horizontal (pressure connection to the side)

Weight0.35 to 0.55 kg (depending on version)

JUMO GmbH & Co. KG • 36035 Fulda, Germany Data Sheet 40.4327 Page 2/3

06.05 / 00349923

Pressure connection 606/607 Pressure connection 653/654

Dimensions

Type 404327-...-...-570-61 Type 404327-...-...-570-12

Type 404327-...-...-570-75

Pressure connection 504 Presssure connection 616

Item DN D1 D2 D3 D4 h1 h2

606 40 Ø48 Ø48 RD 65x1/6 Ø78 10 21

607 50 Ø61 Ø68.5 RD 78x1/6 Ø92 11 22

Item DN D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 h

653 40 Ø48 Ø56 RD 65x1/6 Ø70 78 21

654 50 Ø61 Ø68.5 RD 78x1/6 Ø84 92 22

Electrical connectionConnection Termination

Plug Cable Terminal headSupply12 — 30 V DC5 V DC

12

whitegrey

12

Output0.5 — 4.5 V

32

yellowgrey

Output 4 — 20 mA2-wire

12

whitegrey

12

Proportional current 4—20 mAin supply circuit

Protective earth 3

Screen black

Warning:transmitter must be earthed! (pressureconnectionand / or or screen)


06.05 / 00349923

Ordering data

1 If the cable length required is not 2m, please specify cable length in plain text.

Basic type404327 Pressure transmitter Type 404327 with capacitive ceramic sensor

I InputI 412 0 — 50 mbar gauge pressureI 414 0 — 100 mbar gauge pressureI 415 0 — 160 mbar gauge pressureI 451 0 — 0.25 bar gauge pressureI 452 0 — 0.4 bar gauge pressureI 453 0 — 0.6 bar gauge pressureI 454 0 — 1.0 bar gauge pressureI 999 special range (+/- ranges)I I OutputI I 405 4 — 20 mAI I 412 0.5 — 4.5 VI I I Pressure connectionI I I 504 pressure connection 1/2" pipe to DIN EN 837I I I 570 pressure connection 1 1/2" pipeI I I 606 pressure connection cone nipple with ring nut DN 40 DIN 11 851 (milk pipe)I I I 607 pressure connection cone nipple with ring nut DN 50 DIN 11 851 (milk pipe)I I I 653 tank connection with ring nut DN 40I I I 654 tank connection with ring nut DN 50I I I 616 clamp connection DN50 DIN 32 676 / DN 51 (40) ISO 2852 / 2“I I I I Material of pressure connectionI I I I 26 stainless steel Mat. Ref. 1.4571I I I I I Electrical connectionI I I I I 12 with attached cable1

I I I I I 61 with terminal box1

I I I I I 75 terminal head 1 (only with 4 — 20 mA output)I I I I I I

404327 / - - - - Ordering code







2009-08-17/00386288

Pressure TransmitterJUMO dTRANS p30Type 404366

General applicationPressure transmitters are used to measure the relative (gauge) and absolute pressures inliquids or gases. The measuring device for the transmitter is a piezo-resistive element or athin-film strain gauge. The pressure is converted into an electrical signal.

Technical dataReference conditionsas per DIN 16 086 and IEC 770/5.3


Overload limitranges0 — 25 bar 3 x full scaleranges0 — 40 to 0 — 250 bar 2 x full scaleranges0 — 400 to 0 — 600 bar 1.5 full scale

Bursting pressureranges0 — 40 bar 4 x full scaleranges0 — 60 to 0 — 100 bar 8 x full scaleranges0 — 160 to 0 — 400 bar 5 x full scaleranges0 — 600 bar 3 x full scale

Parts in contact with mediumnormally:st. steel, Mat. Ref. 1.4571 / 1.4435for range 60 bar:Mat. Ref. 1.4571 / 1.4542

Output0 — 20 mA3-wire burden (UB-12 V) / 0.02A4 — 20 mA2-wire burden (UB-10 V) / 0.02A4 — 20 mA3-wire burden (UB-12 V) / 0.02A0.5 — 4.5 V burden 50 k1 — 6 V burden 10 k0 — 10 V burden 10 k

Burden error0.5% max.

Zero offset 0.3% of full scale

Thermal hysteresis 0.5% max. of full scale

(within compensated temperature range) 1% max. for ranges 0 — 250 mbar

0 — 400 mbar0 — 600 mbar

Ambient temperature errorwithin range 0 to +100 C(compensated temperature range)for ranges 250 and 400 mbarzero: 0.03%/°C typical,

0.05%/°C max.span: 0.02%/°C typical,

0.04%/°C max.for ranges above 600 mbarzero: 0.02%/°C typical,

0.04%/°C max.span: 0.02%/°C typical,

0.04%/°C max.with basic type extension 024:zero: 0.01%/°C

Deviation from characteristic 0.5% of full scale

(limit point adjustment)with basic type extension 023: 0.2% of full scale

(limit point setting)

Hysteresis 0.1% of full scale

Repeatability 0.05% of full scale

Response timewith current output (output 402, 405 or 406): 3 msec max.

with voltage output (output 412, 415, 418 or 420): 10 msec max.

Stability per year 0.5% of full scale

Supply10 — 30 V DC (output 4 — 20 mA and

1 — 6 V)5 V DC (output 0.5 — 4.5 V)11.5 — 30 V DC (output 0 — 10 V)11.5 — 30 V DC (output 0(4) — 20 mA)Ripple: the voltage spikes must not go above or below the values specified forthe supplymax. current drawn: approx. 25 mA

Supply voltage error 0.02% per V

(nominal supply voltage 24 V DC)in proportion for supply 5 V DC ( 0.5 V)

Permissible ambient temperature-20 to +100 C

Storage temperature-40 to +125 C

Permissible temperature of medium-30 to +120 C

Electromagnetic compatibilityEN 61 326interference emission: Class Bnoise immunity: industrial requirements



Protectionwith terminal boxIP65 to EN 60 529(connecting cable diameter5 mm min., 7 mm max.)



2009-08-17/00386288






Dimensions

33.5 a/f

27 a/f

Electrical connectionwith terminal box

(61)

Electrical connectionwith attached cable

(12)

ø27

35

28

96

2000

23

ø30 91

27 a/f

Electrical connectionwith circular connector M12 x 1

(36)

ø30

27 a/f

17

M12 x 1

82


CautionEarth instrument!(pressure connection and / or or screen

Connection TerminalsPlug Cable M12 x 1

Supply10 — 30 V DC 11.5 — 30 V DC5 V DC

1 L+2 L-

whitegrey

1+3-

Output1 — 6 V0 — 10 V0.5 — 4.5 V

2 -3 +

greyyellow

3-4+

Output 4 — 20 mA, 2-wire 1 +2 -

whitegrey

1+3-

proportional current 4 to 20 mA in supply

Output 0(4) — 20 mA, 3-wire 2 -3 +

greyyellow

3-4+

Protective earth

Screen black 2

with connecting cableIP67 to EN 60 529with circular connector M12 x 1P67 to EN 60 529



Electrical connectionsee order detailsterminal box to DIN 43 650,Form A,conductor cross-section up to 1.5 mm2;orattached 4-core PVC cable, length 2 mother lengths on request


Weight200 g

Pin assignment M12 x 1

1

4

2

3

5


2009-08-17/00386288






Front-flush connections571


O ring14x1.78

574

O ring20.35x1.78

575 576

O ring26.7x1.78

570

41 a/f

D2

D1

D3

D4

L1

L2

D1

D2

RD52 x 1/6

2016

G 3/4

ø 31.9

35

45

55

63

21

3

20.5

9

G 1/2" pipe

ø 18

9 20.5

G 3/4" pipe

ø 24

7 20.5

G 1" pipe

ø 30

3 25

47

ø 41.5

58

1 1/2" pipe

603-607

Cone nipple with slotted union nutto DIN 11 851

652612-616

Clamp connectionto DIN 32676

DN øD1 øD2 øD3 øD4 L1 L2

603 20 36.5 30 RD 44x1/6 54 13

21604 25 44 35 RD 52x1/6 63

15605 32 50 41 RD 58x1/6 70

606 40 56 48 RD 65x1/6 78

607 50 68.5 61 RD 78x1/6 92 16 22

øD1 øD2

612 20 27.5 34

613253240

43.5 50.5

50

15

616 56.5 64

DNDIN 32676

DN(Zoll)

NominalSize

ISO 2852

1”1,5”

2”

1212.717.221.3

2533.738

4051

32


32


34

ProfileSealDN G 1" pipe

35

31

15

1127 a/f

997Suitable for the

JUMO PEKA adapter system,see data sheet 40.9711

511

1/4-18 NPT15

512

1/2-14 NPT

18

523

ProfilesealDN 1/2" pipe

14

G 1/2

502

24

22

1/4" pipe

ø9.5ø5

562

7/16-20 UNF

13.5

4.5

45

ø9.5ø4.5

504203

3

ø17.5ø6

Standard connection

Connections (not front-flush)

13 31 26 31 26 25


2009-08-17/00386288







404366 Pressure transmitter JUMO dTRANS p30(2) Basic type extension

/000 none/023 reduced deviation from characteristic1

/024 reduced ambient temperature error2

/999 special version(3) Input gauge pressure

451 0 to 0.25 bar452 0 to 0.4 bar453 0 to 0.6 bar454 0 to 1.0 bar455 0 to 1.6 bar456 0 to 2.5 bar457 0 to 4 bar458 0 to 6 bar459 0 to 10 bar460 0 to 16 bar461 0 to 25 bar462 0 to 40 bar463 0 to 60 bar464 0 to 100 bar465 0 to 160 bar466 0 to 250 bar467 0 to 400 bar468 0 to 600 bar478 -1 to 0 bar479 -1 to 0.6 bar480 -1 to 1.5 bar481 -1 to 3 bar482 -1 to 5 bar483 -1 to 9 bar484 -1 to 15 bar485 -1 to 24 bar999 special range gauge pressure

(3) Input absolute pressure487 0 to 0.6 bar488 0 to 1.0 bar489 0 to 1.6 bar490 0 to 2.5 bar491 0 to 4 bar492 0 to 6 bar493 0 to 10 bar494 0 to 16 bar495 0 to 25 bar998 special range999 special range absolute pressure

(4) Output402 0 to 20 mA 3-wire405 4 to 20 mA 2-wire406 4 to 20 mA 3-wire412 0.5 to 4.5 V 3-wire415 0 to 10 V 3-wire418 1 to 5 V 3-wire420 1 to 6 V 3-wire


2009-08-17/00386288






1 only for 4 to 20 mA 2-wire outputonly for ranges between 0.6 and 40 barnot with process connection 574.

2 only for spans between 4 and 25 baronly for output 0 to10 V or 4 to 20 mA 2-wire or 0(4) to 20 mA 3-wirenot with process connection 574

3 only for ranges from 1 to 400 bar4 only for ranges up to 25 bar5 only with process connections that are not front-flush6 suitable process connection adapter, see data sheet 40.9711

(5) Process connection (not front-flush)502 1/4" pipe to EN 837504 1/2" pipe to EN 837 (standard connection)511 1/4"-18 NPT to DIN 837512 1/2"-14 NPT to DIN 837523 1/2" pipe to DIN 3852 T11562 7/16"-20 UNF998 suitable for connecting to pressure separator

(5) Process connection (front-flush)570 1 1/2" pipe4

571 3/4" pipe4

574 1/2" pipe with front seal3

575 3/4" pipe with front seal4

576 1" pipe with front seal4

603 taper pressure connection with slotted nut to DIN11 851, DN204

604 taper pressure connection with slotted nut to DIN 11 851, DN254




612 clamp pressure connection to DIN 32 676, DN204

613 clamp pressure connection to DIN 32 676, DN254, DN324 and DN404

616 clamp pressure connection to DIN 32 676, DN504

652 tank connection with slotted union nut4

997 JUMO PEKA6


(7) Electrical connection12 with attached cable (cable length in plain text)36 with circular connector M12 x 161 with terminal box

(8) Extra code000 none591 throttle in pressure duct5

630 enlarged pressure duct5

404366 / - - - - - / Order code







2013-03-25/00372938

General applicationThe JUMO dTRANS p02 DELTA pressure transmitter measures the differential pressure in bothcorrosive and non-corrosive gases, vapors and liquids. The pressure transmitter makes use ofthe piezo-resistive effect to make the measurement. The output signal is a DC current which islinearly proportional to the input pressure. With flow-through measurements, it is possible to setup the output signal to be proportional to the square-root of the input pressure.In the version “with Ex protection Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb“, the transmitter can be moun-ted within the hazarduos area Zone 1, for connection to Zone 0.A wide spectrum of pressure separators is available for special applications such as level mea-surements, or for corrosive media.

Display options:• Pressure with choice of 13 different units

• Measurement in % or scaled with freely selectable dimensional unit

• Output current in mA

• Sensor temperature in °C or °F

• Measurement error, out-of-range measurement

• Minimum and maximum pressures (peak-reading pointer)

• Pressure and sensor temperature can be shown simultaneously (2 lines)

Setting options via keys:• Start and end of measurement with pressure input

• Start and end of measurement without pressure input (blind setting)

• Damping or time constant

• Current generator function

• Output signal on error

• Key inhibit

• Reset min. and max. measured value (peak-reading pointer)

• Square-root characteristic (adjustable starting point), or linear

• Density correction for different measurement media

• Display of temperature of medium in °C or °F

The JUMO dTRANS p02 DELTA pressure transmitter can also be used with a HART® commu-nicator or a PC in conjunction with a HART® modem and the JUMO setup program running un-der Windows®.

Type 404382

JUMO dTRANS p02 DELTA

Pressure transmitterII 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb


2013-03-25/00372938

Data Sheet 404382 Seite 2/6






Technical dataExplosion protection(only with type 404382/1)

II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/GbPTB 98 ATEX 2194The supply must be intrinsically safe and mustnot exceed the following maximum values:Ui = DC 30 VIi = 100 mAPi = 750 mW

Reference conditionsas per DIN 16086 and IEC 770/5.3

Nominal input rangesee Order details

Range settingThe measurement range can be set from thetransmitter keys, by using the setup programor a HART® communicator as described be-low:Start and end of the measurement range canbe continuously adjusted within the nominalrange. The span should not go below 10 % ofthe nominal range.

Displayable unitsmH2O, inH2O, inHg, ftH2O, mmH2O, mm Hg,psi, bar, mbar, kg/cm2, kPa, Torr, MPa;Measurement: % or scaled with freely adjust-able unitOutput current: mA

Additional displaysindication of sensor temperature, minimumpressure, maximum pressure.Indication on overrange and on error.

Density correctionadjustable within the range from 0.100 to5.000 kg/dm3

Nominal pressurePN 160option: PN 420

Parts in contact with mediumas standard: stainless steel, mat. ref. 1.4401, 1.4404flanges: stainless steel, mat. ref. 1.4408O ring: FPMoption: NiMo, mat. ref. 2.4819

Pressure connectionsee order details

Output4 to 20 mA burden (UB-11.5 V)/0.022 Aburden with HART® max. 1100 , min. 250 with HART® protocol V 5.3.Complies with the Directives of the HCF(HART® Communication Foundation)

Characteristiclinear or square-root. Adjustable starting pointwith square-root characteristic (exfactory islinear up to 9.4 %).

Burden error< 0.1 %

Zero offset / adjustment accuracy 0.01 mA

Effect of static pressurezero: 0.015 %/10 barspan: 0.020 %/10 bar

Ambient temperature errorwithin range -20 to +85 C(compensated temperature range)zero: 0.005 % per °C typical,

0.01 % per °C max.span: 0.005 % per °C typical,

0.01 % per °C max.

Deviation from characteristiclimit point adjustment: 0.1 % of full scale of nominal range;as per DIN 16086

Hysteresis 0.02 % of full scale; as per DIN 16086

Reproducibility 0.02 % of full scale; as per DIN 16086

Response time150 msec approx., no damping

Dampingadjustable from 0 to 100 sec

Stability per year 0.1 % of full scale (for nominal range at ref-erence conditions as per IEC 770)

SupplyDC 11.5 to 36 V for type 404382/0DC 11.5 to 30 V for type 404382/1DC 11.5 to 36 V for type 404382/5Supply unit for output signal transmissionwith or without HART® communication, in in-trinsically safe version, see Data Sheet404757.Note: Minimum DC 17 V (250 ) for commu-nication via HART protocol.

Supply voltage error 0.1 % of full scale per 10 V change(nominal supply voltage DC 24 V)

Permissible temperature of medium-40 to +120 °C for type 404382/0-40 to +120 °C for type 404382/1-40 to +200 C for type 404382/5

Permissible ambient temperatureto DIN 16086-40 to +85 C for type 404382/0-40 to +60 °C for type 404382/1-40 to +85 °C for type 404382/5(the LCD display may not be readable at tem-peratures below -20 °C)

Storage temperature-40 to +85 C

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)as per EN 61326


Mechanical vibration5 g max. at 10 to 2000 Hz

Protectionwith connecting cableIP65 to EN 60529

Insulation resistance100 M; DC 50 V

Breakdown strength 500 Veff.

Housingaluminium die-casting GDAl Si 12

Flange screwssteel, yellow-chromedoption: stainless steel

Climatic conditions 80 % rel. humidity with condensation, annual mean

Electrical connectionclamping case with screw cover, 2-pole andearthing terminal, plastic cable glandM20 × 1.5 for cable diameters 6 to 12 mm

Nominal positionex-factory: upright vertical(pressure cell below)any operating position

Weight3.9 kg approx.

2013-03-25/00372938







HART® communication

between PC and pressure transmitter

between HART® communicator and pressure transmitter

P

I

+-

1L+

2L-

up to 15 transmitters(multidrop mode)

Pressure transmitterJUMO dTRANS p02

HART®

modem

Burden1 SupplyDC 11.5 to 36 V

PC or notebook

USB

1 Burden (UB-11.5 V)/0.022 ABurden with HART® min. 250 ; max. 1100

Setupprogram

P

I

+-

1L+

2L-

1 Burden (UB-11.5 V)/0.022 ABurden with HART® min. 250 ; max. 1100



HART®

communicator

Burden1 SupplyDC 11.5 to 36 V

2013-03-25/00372938









SupplyDC 11.5 to 36 V

1 L+2 L-

Output 4 to 20 mA, 2-wire 1 L+2 L-

Proportional current 4 to 20 mAin supply

Test connectionfor current output

Internal resistance of ammeter 10

TEST +TEST -

Test connectionfor HART®

Burden must be present! TEST +HART®

Potential equilibration(for intrinsically safe circuit)

Shielding

Caution:Ground the device!(Pressure connection and shielding)

Dimensions

2013-03-25/00372938







Order details

(1) Basic type

404382/0 JUMO dTRANS p02 DELTA - Pressure transmitter

404382/1 JUMO dTRANS p02 DELTA - Pressure transmitter with Ex protection Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb

404382/5 JUMO dTRANS p02 DELTA - Pressure transmitter with increased nominal pressure PN 420a

a Please specify the measurement range to be set and the dimensional unit in plain text.

(2) Nominal input range

413 60 mbar differential pressure

451 250 mbar differential pressure

454 1 bar differential pressure



(3) Output

405 4 to 20 mA with HART® protocol


511 2× pressure connection 1/4-18 NPT, DIN 837

998 Suitable for connection to diaphragm-type pressure separators

(5) Material for process connection


82 NiMo

(6) Fastening thread

113 M10 (standard)

152 7/16-20 UNF

(7) Seals

601 FPM

603 PTFE (suitable for comestibles)

604 FFPM

(8) Measuring system filling medium Füllmedium Messsystem

1 Silicone oil

2 Halogenized filling oil for oxygen applications

(9) Flange screws

2 Stainless steel

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)

Order code - - - - - - - -

Order example 404382/0 - 451 - 405 - 511 - 20 - 113 - 601 - 1 - 2

2013-03-25/00372938







Accessories

Type Part no.

Setup program for all instruments of the JUMO dTRANS p02 series 00365072

HART® modem USB 00443447

Mounting bracket for fastening thread M10 00314729

Mounting bracket for fastening thread 7/16-20 UNF 00543777

Triple valve block to DIN 19213, stainless steel, PN 400, for fastening thread M10 00308191

Triple valve block to DIN 19213, stainless steel, PN 400, for fastening thread 7/16-20 UNF 00552040

Oval flange 1/2" NPT to DIN 19213, stainless steel, for fastening thread M10, set of 2, with screws 00398914

Oval flange 1/2" NPT to DIN 19213, stainless steel, for fastening thread 7/16-20 UNF, set of 2, with screws 00543775

Data sheet


Manifolds 409706









/6

JUMO GmbH & Co. KGDelivery address: Mackenrodtstraße 14,


JUMO Instrument Co. Ltd.JUMO HouseTemple Bank, RiverwayHarlow - Essex CM20 2DY, UKPhone: +44 1279 63 55 33Fax: +44 1279 63 52 62E-mail: [email protected]: www.jumo.co.uk



Data Sheet 404385

2014-02-13/00356848

General applicationThe pressure transmitter Type JUMO dTRANS p02 is used to measure the gauge (relative) andabsolute pressures of corrosive and non-corrosive gases, vapours and liquids. The measuringdevice for the pressure transmitter is a piezo-resistive element or thin-film strain gauge. The out-put signal is a proportional DC current which is linearly proportional to the input pressure.In the version “with Ex protection Ex II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb“, the pressure transmitter canbe mounted within the hazardous Zone 1, for connection to Zone 0. For special applications,e.g. for measuring highly viscous media, the JUMO dTRANS p02 is available with flush pressureconnections in various styles. Suitable pressure connections are also available for applicationsinvolving media temperatures of up to 200 °C.

The display visualises• the pressure in 13 different units, measurement in % or scaled with a freely adjustable

dimensional unit, output current in mA

• the sensor temperature in °C

• measurement error, out-of-range measurement

• minimum and maximum pressures (peak-reading indicator)

• pressure and sensor temperature can be displayed simultaneously (on two lines)

The operating keys can be used to set• start and end of range with pressure input

• start and end of range without pressure input (blind setting)

• damping or time constant

• current generator function

• output signal on error

• key inhibit

• reset minimum and maximum measured value (peak-reading indicator)

• density correction for different media being measured

• display of the temperature of the medium, in °C or °F

The pressure transmitter JUMO dTRANS p02 can also be operated using a HART® communi-cator or a PC in connection with a HART® modem and the JUMO setup program running underWindows®.

JUMO dTRANS p02

Pressure transmitterII 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb

Type 404385


2014-02-13/00356848







Technical data

Explosion protection(only with typ 404385/1)

II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/GbPTB 98 ATEX 2194The supply must be intrinsically safe and mustnot exceed the following maximumvalues:Ui = DC 30VIi = 100mAPi = 750mW

Reference conditionsto DIN 16086 and IEC 770/5.3

Nominal rangessee ordering details

Range settingThe measurement range can be set from thetransmitter keys, by using the setup programor a HART® communicator as described be-low:Start and end of range can be continuously ad-justed within the nominal range. The spanshould not be less then 10 % of the nominalrange.

Units that can be visualisedInput pressure:in mH2O, inH2O, inHg, ftH2O, mmH2O, mm-Hg, psi, bar, mbar, kg/cm2, kPa, Torr, MPaMeasurement:in %, or scaled with a freely adjustable dimensional unitOutput current:in mA

Additional displaysIndication of the sensor temperature, mini-mum pressure, maximum pressure, indicationof overrange and on error

Density correctionadjustable within the range from 0.100 to 5.000 kg/dm3

Overload limitto DIN 16086-1 bar and 4× full scale or-1 bar and 2× full scale with ranges 100 bar

Bursting pressureto DIN 1608610× full scale; 2 000 bar max.

Parts in contact with the mediumstandard: stainless steel, mat. ref. 1.4435, 1.4571optional: NiMo, mat. ref. 2.4819for range 100 bar:stainless steel, mat. fef. 1.4571, 1.4542

Pressure connectionsee ordering details

Output4 to 20mA max. burden (UB – 11.5V)/22mAburden with HART® 1100max, 250min.with HART® protocol V 5.3.Complies with the guidelines of the HCF(HART® Communication Foundation)

Burden error< 0.1 %

Zero offset/adjustment accuracy 0.01 mA

Ambient temperature errorwithin range -20 to +85 °C(compensated temperature range)zero: 0.005 %/°C typical,


0.01 %/°C max.

Deviation from characteristicfor limit setting:not exceeding 0.1 % of full scale of nominalrange; to DIN 16086

HysteresisFor nominal ranges 100 bar 0.05 % of full scale; to DIN 16086For nominal ranges 25 bar 0.02 % of full scale; to DIN 16086

RepeatabilityFor nominal ranges 100 bar 0.05 % of full scale; to DIN 16086For nominal ranges 25 bar 0.02 % of full scale; to DIN 16086

Response timeapprox. 150msec, without damping

Dampingadjustable 0 to 100 s

Stability per year 0.1 % of full scale (for nominal range withreference conditions to IEC 770)

SupplyDC 11,5 to 36 V for type 404385/0DC 11,5 to 30 V for type 404385/1DC 11,5 to 36 V for type 404385/4Supply units for output signal transmissionwith or without HART® communication, in in-trinsically safe version, see Data Sheet404757.

Note: At least DC 17 V (250 ) for communi-cation via HARTprotocol.

Supply voltage error 0.1 % of full scale per 10 V change(nominal supply voltage DC 24 V

Permitted temperature of medium-40 to +120 °C for type 404385/0-40 to +120 °C for type 404385/1-40 to +200 C for type 404385/4

Permitted ambient temperatureto DIN 16086-40 to +85 °C for type 404385/0-40 to +60 °C for type 404385/1-40 to +85 C for type 404385/4 (the LCD display cannot be read at tempera-tures below -20 °C)

Storage temperature-40 to +85 °C

Electromagnetic compatibilityto EN 61326


Mechanical vibrations5 g max. at 10 to 2000 Hz


Isolation resistance100 M ; DC 50 V

Breakdown strength 500 Veff.

Housingaluminium die-casting GDAl Si 12

Climatic conditions 80% rel. humidity annual mean,with condensation

Electrical connectionclamping case with screw cover, 2-pole andearth terminal, plastic cable gland M20 × 1.5for cable cross-section 6 to 12 mm

Nominal positionfactory set upright vertical (pressure connection below)operating position is unrestricted

Weightapprox. 1.3 kg

2014-02-13/00356848







Dimensions

NTS 527

Connector Han 7D / Han 8D (8U)

Cable gland M20 x 1.5

170

76

L

G 1/2

15

G 1/2

69

131

Ø76

Basic type extension "L"0 1371 1374 180


between PC and transmitter

between HART® communicator and transmitter

P

I

+-

1L+

2L-


JUMO dTRANS p02pressure transmitter

HART®

modem

burden 1 supply DC 11.5 to 36 V

PC ornotebook

USB1 max. burden (UB-11.5 V) ÷ 22 mA burden with HART® 250 min. 1100 max.

setupprogram

P

I

+-

1L+

2L-

HART®

communicator

JUMO dTRANS p02pressure transmitter


1 max. burden (UB-11.5 V) ÷ 22 mA burden with HART® 250 min. 1100 max.

burden 1 supply DC 11.5 to 36 V

2014-02-13/00356848







Front-flush pressure connections

Pressure connections, not front-flush

D1

D2

15

3

613 / 616to DIN 32 676

DN

2540

D1 D2 D3

RD 52x1/6RD 65x1/6

D4 L1 L2

21

NTS

604606ø56

ø44ø48 ø78ø35 ø63 15

D2

D1

D3

D4

L1

L 2

2

604 / 606taper connection with slotted nut

to DIN 11 851

50

D1

D2

1"

1.5"25 25 ø50.5ø43.5

2" 4051

51 ø64ø56.5

NTS

613

616

DNDIN32676

DN(inch)

StorlekSMS 3017

Nominal SizeISO 2852

25

32 a/f

ø31.9

3/4" pipe

32

16 20

571

11

27 a/f

997Suitable for the

JUMO PEKA asee ata sheet 40.9711

dapter system

512

1/2-14 NPT

18

504

564

203

3

ø17.5

¯6

27 a/f

1822.5

1/2-14 NPT



SupplyDC 11.5 to 36 VDC 11.5 to 30 V for intrinsically safe version

1 L+2 L–

Output 4 to 20 mA2-wire

1 L+2 L–

proportional current 4 to 20 mAin supply

Test connectionCurrent output

internal resistance of the ammeter 10

TEST +TEST -

Test connectionHART®

TEST +HART®

Potential equilibration(for intrinsically safe circuit)

Screen

Warning:Ground the device!(Pressure connection and screen)

2014-02-13/00356848







Order details

(1) Basic type

404385/0 JUMO dTRANS p02 - Pressure transmitter

404385/1 JUMO dTRANS p02 - Pressure transmitter with Ex protection Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb

404385/4 JUMO dTRANS p02 - Pressure transmitter for increased temperature of medium up to 200 °Ca

a Measuring instruments for increased measuring material temperatures are not available with nominal ranges 464 and 468; they are onlyavailable with process connections 571, 604, 613, and without protection class Ex ia IIC.

(2) Nominal range input

414 -100 to +100 mbar gauge pressure

453 -0,6 to +0,6 bar gauge pressure

457 -1 to +4 bar gauge pressure

461 -1 to +25 bar gauge pressure

464 -1 to +100 bar gauge pressureb

b Measuring instruments with nominal ranges 464 and 468 are available with process connections 504, 512, 564 and 997.A filling of measuring systems with silicone oil is not possible.

468 -1 to +600 bar gauge pressureb

487 0 to +0,6 bar absolute pressure



(3) Output

405 4 to 20 mA with HART® protocol


504 1/2" pipe to EN 837

512 1/2-14 NPT to EN 837


571 3/4" pipe flush to EN 837a

583 M20 (× 1,5) with tap

604 Taper connection with slotted nut DN 25 to DIN 11851c

c The a. m. process connections are not suitable for protection class Ex ia IIC.

606 Taper connection with slotted nut DN 40 to DIN 11851c

613 Clamp connection DN 25 to DIN 32676c

616 Clamp connection DN 50 to DIN 32676c

997 JUMO PEKAd

d Suitable process connection adapter, see data sheet 409711.

(5) Material for process connection


82 NiMo


06 Screw terminals

99 Special connectione

e Please specify in plain text.

(7) Filling medium for measuring system

0 None

1 Silicone oil

(8) Extra code

000 None

452 Parts in contact with the medium electro-polished, surface roughness Ra 0.8 µm

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

Order code - - - - - - /

Order example 404385/0 - 453 - 405 - 613 - 20 - 06 - 1 / 000

2014-02-13/00356848







Accessories

Type Part no.

Setup program for all instruments in the JUMO dTRANS p02 series 00365072

HART® modem USB 00443447


2-valve manifold, PN 420, DN 5, version 1/2-NPT or 1/2-NPT 00561605

2-valve manifold, PN 420, DN 5, version 1/2-NPT or G 1/2 00550362

Data Sheet









/4

M. K. JUCHHEIM GmbH & Co

Delivery address:Mackenrodtstraße 14,36039 Fulda, Germany

Postal address: 36035 Fulda, GermanyPhone: +49 661 60 03-0Fax: +49 661 60 03-6 07E-mail: [email protected]: www.jumo.net

JUMO Instrument Co. Ltd.

JUMO HouseTemple Bank, RiverwayHarlow, Essex CM 20 2TT, UK

Phone: +44 12 79 63 55 33Fax: +44 12 79 63 52 62E-mail: [email protected]

JUMO PROCESS CONTROL INC.

885 Fox Chase, Suite 103Coatesville PA 19320, USAPhone: 610-380-8002

1-800-554-JUMOFax: 610-380-8009E-mail: [email protected]: www.JumoUSA.com

Displayable unitsInput pressure:mH2O, inH2O, inHg, ftH2O, mmH2O, mm Hg, psi, bar, mbar, kg/cm2, kPa, Torr, MPa; Measurement:% or scaled with freely adjustable dimen-sional unitOutput current:mA

Additional displaysIndication of the sensor temperature, minimum pressure, maximum pressure.Indication of overrange or error

Density correctionadjustable over the range from 0.100 to5.000 kg/dm3

Overload limitssee Order details

Bursting pressurefor all ranges: 150 bar

Data Sheet 40.4387

01.02/00400945

Pressure transmitterJUMO dTRANS p02 CERAMICType 404387

General applicationThe JUMO dTRANS p02 CERAMIC pressure transmitter measures the gauge (relative) orabsolute pressure in both corrosive and non-corrosive gases, vapors and liquids. The ce-ramic-based measuring system in this pressure transmitter operates on the principle ofcapacitive measurement. The output signal is a DC current that is proportional to the inputpressure.

The display can show:■ pressure in 13 different dimensional units, measurement in % or scaled with a freely

selectable unit, output current in mA■ sensor temperature in •C or °F■ measurement error, out-of-range measurement■ minimum and maximum pressures (peak-reading indicator)■ pressure and sensor temperatures can be shown simultaneously (on 2 lines)

The keys can be used to set up:■ start and end of measurement, with pressure input■ start and end of measurement, without pressure input (blind setting)■ damping or time constant■ current generator function■ output signal on error■ key inhibit■ reset min. and max. measurements (peak-reading indicator)■ density correction for different measurement media■ display of the media temperature in •C or •FThe JUMO dTRANS p02 CERAMIC pressure transmitter can also be operated through aHART® communicator, or a PC in conjunction with a HART® modem and the JUMO setupprogram running under Windows®.

AccessoriesSetup programSales No. 40/00365072The setup program for all instruments in theJUMO dTRANS p02 series has been creat-ed according to the VDI / VDE 2187 user in-terface. In conjunction with the HART®

modem, the program enables convenientoperation and parameter setting of thepressure transmitter from a PC.

HART® modemSales No. 40/00345666The HART® modem forms the link betweenthe JUMO dTRANS p02 pressure transmit-ter and the serial interface of a PC.

Technical dataReference conditionsas per DIN 16086 and IEC 770/5.3

Nominal input rangesee Order details

Range settingThe measurement range can be set fromthe keys on the pressure transmitter, by us-ing the setup program or a HART® commu-nicator as described below:

Start and end of the measurement rangecan be continuously adjusted within thenominal range. The span of the measure-ment should not be less than 10% of thenominal range.

M. K. JUCHHEIM GmbH & Co • 36035 Fulda, Germany Data Sheet 40.4387 Page 2/4

01.02/00400945

Parts in contact with the mediumstandard: stainless steel, Mat. Ref. 1.4571aluminium oxide Al2O3 (99.9%),FPM,others on request

Pressure connectionsee Order details

Output4 — 20mA burden ≤ (UB-11.5V) / 0.022Aburden with HART® : max. 1100Ω, min. 250Ω with HART® protocol V 5.3.Complies with the guidelines of the HCF (HART® Communication Foundation)

Burden error< 0.1%

Zero offset / adjustment accuracy≤ 0.01mA

Ambient temperature errorover the compensated temperature range from -20 to +85°Czero: ≤ 0.005% per °C typical,

≤0.01% per °C max.span: ≤ 0.005% per °C typical,

≤0.01% per °C max.

Deviation from characteristicfor limit point adjustment:≤ 0.1% of full scale of nominal range; as per DIN 16086


Reproducibility≤ 0.02% of full scale

Response timeapprox. 150msec without damping

Dampingadjustable from 0 — 100 sec

Stability over 1 year≤ 0.1% of full scale (for nominal range, andunder reference conditions as per IEC 770)

Supply voltage11.5 — 36V DCNote:at least 17V DC (250Ω) for communication using the HART® protocol.

Supply voltage error≤ 0.1% of full scale per 10V change(nominal supply voltage 24V DC)

Permissible ambient temperature-40 to +85°C; as per DIN 16086(it may be impossible to read the LCD display at temperatures below -20•C)



Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)as per EN 61 326

Mechanical shock50g/11msec

Mechanical vibrationmax. 5g over 10-2000Hz


Insulation resistance100MΩ; 50V DC

Breakdown strength≥ 500Veff.

Housingaluminium die-casting GDAlSi12

Climatic conditions≤ 80% rel. humidity with condensation, annual mean

Electrical connectionclamping case with screwed cover, 2 polesand earthing terminal, plastic cable glandM20 x 1.5 for cable diameters 6 to 12mm

Nominal positionex-factory, upright vertical (pressure connection below)any operating position

Weightapprox. 1.5kg


+

-

between PC and pressure transmitter


Presssure transmitterJUMO dTRANS p02

HART®

modem

burden1 Supply11.5 — 36 V DC

PC or notebook

RS232-C1 Burden ≤ (UB-11.5V) /0.022ABurden with HART® min. 250 Ω; max. 1100 Ω

Setupprogram

1L+

2L-

+

-

between HART® communicator and pressure transmitter

1 Burden ≤ (UB-11.5V) /0.022ABurden with HART® min. 250 Ω; max. 1100 Ω

up to15 transmitters(multidrop mode)


HART®

communicator

Burden1 Supply11.5 — 36 V DC

1L+

2L-


01.02/00400945



Supply 11.5 — 36 V DC,11.5 — 30 V DC for intrinsically safe version

1 L+2 L-

Output 4 — 20 mA2-wire

1 L+ proportional current 4 — 20 mA2 L- in supply

Test connection, current output

internal resistance of ammeter ≤ 10 Ω

TEST +TEST -

Test connection, HART®

TEST +HART®

Shielding

Caution:Earth the instrument!(pressure connection and shielding)

Terminals

Dimensions

Ø76

131

69

76

121

SW 46

NTS 515

43

26

54

1 1/2-11 1/2 NPT

SW27

NTS 504

G 1/2

20

33

77

SW 46

NTS 570

25

42

G 1 1/2

53

20°

2.85

43

NTS 615NTS 607NTS 606

D1

D2

D3

D4

h2 h

1

43

NTS 653

50

RD 65x1/6

2139

Ø58

Ø46

Ø58

Ø48

Ø57

Ø64

Ø78

Ø70

Ø56

Ø48

Ø48

SW = a/f in mmG = pipe fitting in "

NTS DN D1 D2 D3 D4 h1 h2

606 40 Ø48 Ø56 RD 65 x 1/6 Ø78 10 21

607 50 Ø61 Ø68.5 RD 78 x 1/6 Ø92 11 22


01.02/00400945

Order details

Factory setting: Please specify the range to be set and the dimensional unit in plain text.

Basic type404387 Pressure transmitter dTRANS p02 CERAMIC with capacitive-ceramic measuring system

Basic type extensions0 none

Nominal input range414 -100 to 100 mbar gauge pressure (overload limits -1 and 6 bar)453 -0.6 to 0.6 bar gauge pressure (overload limits -1 and 10 bar)457 -1 to 4 bar gauge pressure (overload limits -1 and 40 bar)461 -1 to 25 bar gauge pressure (overload limits -1 and 60 bar)487 0 to 0.6 bar absolute pressure (overload limits -1 and 10 bar)491 0 to 4 bar absolute pressure (overload limits -1 and 40 bar)495 0 to 25 bar absolute pressure (overload limits -1 and 60 bar)

Output405 4 — 20 mA with HART® protocol

Process connection504 1/2" pipe to EN 837515 11/2 - 111/2 NPT570 11/2" pipe to DIN 3852606 taper connection with ring nut DN40 to DIN 11851607 taper connection with ring nut DN50 to DIN 11851616 clamp connection DN50 to DIN 32676653 tank connection with ring nut DN40

Material for process connection20 stainless steel, Mat. Ref. 1.457199 special material for process connection

Seal601 FPM604 FFPM on request

Electrical connection06 screw terminals99 special electrical connection

404387 / 0 - - 405 - - - - Order code

/8






JUMO MAERA F27

Level Probe

Applications

Level and liquid level measurement in1

• water and wastewater management• well water and surface water• bore holes• aggressive media (e.g. plating baths, acids)• desinfection system with chlorine, chlorine dioxide

Brief description

level probes are used for hydrostatic liquid level measurement in tanks or for determining thelevel in open waters, for example.

In electrical terms, the capacitive ceramic sensor measurement principle represents a platecapacitor with two highly-resistant ceramic plates (AL2O3) that are isolated from each other. Thechange in capacitance is a measure of the change in pressure, and thereby, of the level. Thelevel probe can be used for levels from 0 to 0.5 m to 0 to 16 mWC (water column).

The PTFE housing version is suitable for applications where the medium to be measured isaggressive to stainless steel. With regard to temperature-dependent density, an integratedPt100 sensor can be used to record the temperature of the liquid while the level is beingmeasured.

For additional, interesting information, see the "level probes - hydrostatic level and liquid levelmeasurement" brochure.


The capacitive ceramic measuring cell is made from aluminum oxide (99.9 %), and not only has good long-term stability, but also an overload resistance that is up to eighty times higher, thanks to the chosen electrode material and special coating process. The chosen measurement method meets the most demanding requirements for resolution and reproducibility. The combination of a membrane that can withstand a high mechanical loading and a stainless steel (mat. no. 1.4571) or PTFE housing, offers extremely good chemical resistance to many aggressive media. The output signal emits a minimum current of 4 mA, which can indirectly monitor the circuit for a break in the cable.

• Diversity and economyA vast selection of measuring ranges and electrical outputs, as well as numerous process connections, ensure great variety, which can be individually adapted to suit every application. Simultaneous measurement of liquid level and temperature can be implemented with a Pt100 temperature sensor option. Costs are reduced to a minimum by reduced installation and commissioning expenditure.

1 Although these recommendations are based on many years of experience, deviation is possible in some cases. We would be happy to provide you with additional information or details of other applications.

Type 404391/000..., type 404391/022...


to 0 to 1.6 bar (-20 to +60 °C)• Capacitive ceramic sensor• Ultra-high precision measuring cell• Extremely good long-term stability• A membrane that can withstand a high

mechanical loading(cleaning, abrasive substances)

• High chemical resistance• High overload resistance (up to eighty

times higher)• Sturdy level probe for internal and external

assembly• Integrated Pt100 temperature sensor

option

Data Sheet 404391

2013-06-18/00372853

2013-06-18/00372853







Technical data

General

Measuring range

Outputs


Sensor system capacitive ceramic sensor

Mounting location vertical/suspended on the cable

Relative pressure The measuring ranges start at 0 bar. Housing: Stainless steel (standard)

Measuring range 0.05 0.1 0.16 0.25 0.4 0.6 1 1.6 bar

Overload limit -0.3/4 -0.3/4 5 6 6 10 10 10 bar

Bursting pressure 150 bar

Relative pressure The measuring ranges start at 0 bar. Housing: PTFE (basic type extension 022)


Overload limit -0.3/2 -0.3/2 2 2 2 2 2 2 bar

Bursting pressure 150 bar

Analog output

Current 4 to 20 mA, two wires

Voltage DC 0.5 to 4.5 V, 3-wires, ratiometric, 10 to 90 % of the voltage supply

Jump response

T90 10 ms

Burden

Current

4 to 20 mA, 2-wires RL [(UB – 12 V) ÷ 0.02 A] ()

Voltage

DC 0.5 to 4.5 V, 3-wires RL 10 k

2013-06-18/00372853









Ambient conditions

Process connection

Material Stainless steel 316 Ti

Sensor

Material Ceramic Al2O3 (99.9 %)

Housing

Material

Standard Stainless steel 316 Ti

For basic type extension 022 PTFE

Sealsa

a Other seals are available on request.

FPM, standardEPDM, on request

Protective cap (658) PVDF


Diameter 25 mm

Stainless steel version Max. 41 mm

PTFE version Max. 50 mm


Medium/environment -20 to +60 °CThe instrument must not be allowed to freeze in the medium!The medium may make it necessary to impose a restriction.

For basic type extension 022 0 to 40 °CThe instrument must not be allowed to freeze in the medium!The medium may make it necessary to impose a restriction.





Class B


b As defined by EN 61326-1


Protection

Standard IP68, immersible to 16 m

For basic type extension 022c



2013-06-18/00372853







Accuracy

Auxiliary power


6-core, shielded cable with integrated pressure compensation tube; AWG 24 with ferrules



Linearitya


0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 % of FS

Accuracy at 20 °Cb


0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 % of FS

Accuracy at 0 to 40 °Cc

c Includes: linearity, hysteresis, repeatability, deviation from initial (offset) and final values of measuring range, thermal effect on initial value of measuring range and span.

0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.4 0.4 % of FS

Accuracy at -20 to +60 °Cc 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 0.6 0.6 % of FS



0.2 % of FS

Voltage supply UBa

a Residual ripple: Peak voltages must not exceed or fall below the values specified for the power supply!



Max. power consumption At DC 24 V 25 mAAt DC 5 V 2 mA

Circuit SELV

Material

Outer sheath PE, PUR, FEP

Pressure compensation tube PA

Color

PE and FEP cables Black

PUR cable Pebble-gray

External diameter Approx. 8.4 mm

Conductor cross-section 0.25 mm2

Bending radius

Moveable 160 mm

Fixed 120 mm

Please note that a bend in the cable prevents ambient pressure compensation.

Tensile force Up to 400 N

Weight

PE and PUR cables Approx. 115 g/m

FEP cable Approx. 90 g/m

Permissible medium temperatures -40 to +70 °C (subject to the medium)

UV resistance PE and PUR cables as defined by VDE 0207, test method EN 60811 part 2-1, section 8

FEP cable as defined by EN ISO 4982-2

2013-06-18/00372853







Connection diagram

Connection Pin assignment

Cable


Voltage supply DC 12 to 30 VNominal voltage supply DC 24 V

UB/S+a

0 V/S-


whitegray

DC 0.5 to 4.5 V, ratiometric (output 412)

Supply voltage DC 5 V DCNominal voltage supply DC 5 V

UB0 V/S- S+

whitegrayyellow

Screen


black

Integrated temperature sensor (basic type extension 007)

pink (pk)brown (bn)green (gn)yellow (ye)

gn yebnpk

2013-06-18/00372853







Dimensions


Type 404391/000-... or 404391/007-... Type 404391/022-...

(a) Basic type extension 007 only (integrated Pt100 temperature sensor)(b) Cable length as required by customer(c) Dimension to surface of sensor

Cable clamp assembly Terminal box with pressure compensationPart no. 00061389 Part no. 00061206

Screw plug (cover mounting)Part no. 00333329

(1) Mounting hole

120

Ø 25

9750

2,5

L (b

)

(a)

(c)

Ø 41

91

17

50Ø

G 1L=

(b)

(1)

30

39

14

G1 1/2 A

2013-06-18/00372853







Order details

(1) Basic type

404391/000 JUMO MAERA F27 - Level probe with ceramic measuring cell

404391/007 JUMO MAERA F27 - Level probe with integrated Pt100 temperature sensora

a With output 405 only, not with basic type extension 022.

404391/022 JUMO MAERA F27 - Level probe with PTFE plastic housingb

b With process connection 568 only.

404391/999 JUMO MAERA F27 - Level probe, special design

(2) Input










(3) Output

405 4 to 20 mA, 2-wires

412 0.5 to 4.5 V, 3-wires


568 G 1 internalc

c With basic type extension 022 only.

658 Connection closed underneath

659 Connection open underneath


14 PUR cable, e.g. suitable for use in water (seawater, well water, brine), as well as in coolant and lubricant (UV-resistant)

15 PE-LD cable, e.g. suitable for use in water (seawater, well water, brine, UV-resistant)

25 FEB cable, e.g. suitable for use in water (seawater, saltwater, well water, and mine water) as well as in different oils, fuels, and solvents (UV-resistant)

(6) Cable length

005 5 m

010 10 m

... ...

100 100 m

999 Special lengths

(7) Extra codes

000 None

593 Cutting ring screw connection (preparation for protection tube)d

d With basic type extension 000, 007 and 999 only.

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

Order code - - - - - /

Order example 404391/000 - 452 - 405 - 659 - 15 - 010 / 000

2013-06-18/00372853







Accessories

Article Part no.


Cable clamp assemblya


00061389

Screw plug 00333329

Pressure compensating filter for cable 00382632

/8






JUMO MAERA S28

Level Probe

ApplicationsLevel and liquid level measurement in1

• water and wastewater management• well water and surface water• bore holes

Brief descriptionlevel probes are used for hydrostatic liquid level measurement in tanks or for determining thelevel in open waters, for example. The level probe can detect levels from 0 to 2.5 mWC to 0 to 100 mWC (water column). Thesturdy design and choice of materials allow the probe to be mounted indoors or outdoors. Basedon outside assembly, overvoltage protection is integrated in the level probe to protect it againstdestruction in the event of lightning striking the surrounding water.When determining the level, it is necessary to consider that each liquid has a temperature-dependent density. Consequently, the density value at a liquid temperature of 5 °C is not thesame as that at 30 °C. These data are presented in a system of tables. A version with an integrated Pt100 temperaturesensor is available as an option, to allow the temperature profile of the liquid to be recorded inparallel during measurement.For additional, interesting information, see the "Level probes - hydrostatic level and liquid levelmeasurement" brochure.


The output signal emits a minimum current of 4 mA, which can indirectly and easily monitor the circuit for a break in the cable. Integrated overvoltage protection prevents the level probe being destroyed by a lightning strike, and thus ensures maximum process safety. The crucial element is a piezoresistive measuring cell, which has high overload resistance and long-term stability.

• Diversity and economyA vast selection of measuring ranges and electrical outputs, as well as numerous process connections, ensure great variety, which can be individually adapted to suit every application. Simultaneous measurement of liquid level and temperature can be implemented with a Pt100 temperature sensor option. Costs are reduced to a minimum by reduced installation and commissioning expenditure.

1 These recommendations are based on many years of experience. Deviations are possible in some cases. We would be happy to provide you with additional information or details of other applications.

Type 404392/... with process connection 658


to 0 to 10 bar • Temperature of measuring material

0 to 50 °C• Piezoresistive silicon sensor• Extremely good long-term stability• High overload resistance• Integrated overvoltage protection• Indirect cable-break monitoring• Sturdy level probe for indoor and outdoor

assembly• Integrated Pt100 temperature sensor option

Data Sheet 404392

2014-01-22/00549492

2014-01-22/00549492







Technical data

General

Measuring range

Output

Auxiliary power


Reference conditions DIN 16086 and EN 60770Principle of measurement Piezoresistive sensor with stainless steel separating diaphragmPressure transfer medium Synthetic oilPermissible load change > 10 million, 0 to 100 % measuring rangeMounting location Vertical/suspended on the cable

Relative pressure The measuring ranges start at 0 bar.Measuring range 0.25 0.4 0.6 1 1.6 2.5 4 6 10 barOverload capacity 0.75 1.2 1.8 3 4.8 7.5 12 18 30 barBursting pressure 1 1.6 2.4 4 6.4 10 16 24 40 bar

Analog outputCurrentOutput 405 4 to 20 mA, two-wireJump responseT90 10 msBurdenCurrent4 to 20 mA, two-wire RL [(UB-10 V) ÷ 0.02 A] ()

Voltage supply UBa

a Residual ripple: Peak voltages must not exceed or fall below the values specified for the voltage supply!

DC 10 to 30 V, nominal voltage DC 24 VMax. power consumption 30 mACircuit SELV

Process connectionMaterial 316 Ti stainless steelMeasurement diaphragmMaterial 316L stainless steelHousingMaterial 316 Ti stainless steelSealingsMaterial FPMWeight 400 g (without cable)Diameter 25 mm

2014-01-22/00549492







Ambient conditions

Accuracy

Permissible temperaturesMedium/environment 0 to 50 °C

The instrument must not be allowed to freeze in the medium!The medium may make it necessary to impose a restriction.

Storage -20 to +80 °C, dryElectromagnetic compatibilitya


Interference emission Class BInterference immunity Industrial requirementsOvervoltage protectionb

b As defined by EN 61000-4-5

Integrated overvoltage protectionnominal discharge current: 1 kA

Protectionc



Relative pressure The measuring ranges start at 0 bar.Measuring range 0.25 0.4 0.6 1 1.6 2.5 4 6 10 barLinearitya


0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 % of FS

Accuracy at 20 °Cb


0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.3 0.3 0.3 % of FSAccuracy at 0 to 50 °Cc

c Includes: linearity, hysteresis, repeatability, deviation from initial (offset) and final values of measuring range, thermal effect on initial value of measuring range and span

1.6 1.6 1.3 1.1 1.1 1.1 0.8 0.8 0.8 % of FSLong-term stabilityd


0.2 % of FS

2014-01-22/00549492








for level probe (basic type 404392/000)6-core, shielded cable with integrated pressure compensation tube; AWG 24 with ferrules

for level probe in deep well version (basic type 404392/025)2-core cable without pressure compensation with ferrules

MaterialOuter sheath PE, PUR, FEPPressure compensation tube PAColorPE and FEP cables BlackPUR cable Pebble-grayExternal diameter Approx. 8.4 mmConductor cross-section 0.25 mm2

Bending radiusmoveable 160 mmfixed 120 mm

Please note that a bend in the cable prevents ambient pressure compensation.Tensile force Up to 400 NWeightPE and PUR cables Approx. 115 g/mFEP cable Approx. 90 g/mPermissible medium temperatures -40 to +70 °C (subject to the medium)UV resistance PE and PUR cables as defined by VDE 0207, test method EN 60811 part 2-1, section 8

FEP cables as defined by EN ISO 4892-2

MaterialOuter sheath EPRColorEPR cable BlueExternal diameter Approx. 8.3 mmConductor cross-section 1 mm2

Bending radiusmoveable 40 mmfixed 30 mmTensile force Up to 400 NWeightEPR cable Approx. 92 g/mPermissible medium temperatures -40 to +60 °C

2014-01-22/00549492







Connection diagramConnection Pin assignment

Cable4 to 20 mA, two-wire (output 405 and basic type 404392/000)

Voltage supply DC 10 to 30 V UB/S+a

0 V/S-


WhiteGray

Screen


Black

4 to 20 mA, two-wire (output 405 and basic type 404392/025)

Voltage supply DC 10 to 30 V UB/S+a

0 V/S- BrownBlue

Integrated temperature sensor (basic type extension 007)

Pink (pk)Brown (bn)Green (gn)Yellow (ye)

gn yebnpk

2014-01-22/00549492







Dimensions


Process connection 567 Process connection 658 Process connection 659

(a) Cable length as required by customer(b) Sensitive membrane

Cable clamp assembly Terminal box with pressure compensation

Part no. 00061389 Part no.: 00061206

Screw plug (cover mounting)

Part no. 00333329

(1) Mounting hole

12

G 1/4

192

L (a)

Ø 25

(b)

180

Ø 25

L (a)

(b)

192

Ø 25

L (a)

(1)

sw 30

39

14

G 1 1/2 A

2014-01-22/00549492








404392/000 JUMO MAERA S28 - Level probe404392/025 JUMO MAERA S28 - Level probe, deep well versiona

a The deep-well version was designed for use in measuring ranges between 0 to 4 bar to 0 to 10 bar with a free-hanging cable length of up to 100 m. Area ofapplication: the version is only available with a closed process connection and an EPR-cable without pressure compensation and without temperature probe. Anotherbenefit is the improved moisture and vibration protection. The user must always bear in mind that a stainless-steel version is not suitable for use in media containingchlorine (such as seawater).

404392/999 JUMO MAERA S28 - Level probe, special version(2) Input

451 0 to 250 mbar relative pressure452 0 to 400 mbar relative pressure453 0 to 600 mbar relative pressure454 0 to 1 bar relative pressure455 0 to 1.6 bar relative pressure456 0 to 2.5 bar relative pressure457 0 to 4 bar sealed gauge458 0 to 6 bar sealed gauge459 0 to 10 bar sealed gauge999 Special measuring range relative pressure

(3) Output

405 4 to 20 mA, two-wire(4) Process connection

567 Internal G 1/4658 Connection closed at bottom659 Connection open at bottom


20 CrNi (stainless steel)(6) Electrical connection

14 PUR cable, gray, screened, UV-resistant15 PE-LD cable, black, screened, UV-resistant25 FEP cable, black, screened, UV-resistant26 Submersible motor line, EPR cable, blue99 Special version

(7) Cable length

005 5 m010 10 m

... ...100 100 m999 Special lengths on request

(8) Extra codes

000 None007 Integrated Pt100 temperature sensor593 Cutting ring screw connection (preparation for protection tube)631 Higher humidity and vibration protect

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

Order code - - - - - - /Order example 404392/000 - 454 - 405 - 659 - 20 - 15 - 020 / 007, 631

2014-01-22/00549492







AccessoriesArticle Part no.

Terminal box with pressure compensation 00061206Cable clamp assemblya


00061389Screw plug 00333329Pressure compensating filter for cable 00382632







2014-06-12/00073155

Type 404450 - 4ADM-35

General applicationType 4ADM-35 pressure transmitter are used in plastics processing, process engineering andchemical plant. The pressure transmitter operates on the strain gauge measurement principle.

Melt Pressure Transmitter

Technical data

Reference conditions As per DIN 16086 and IEC 770/5.3

Measuring ranges See order details

Overload limit

Up to 1000 bar 1.5 × full scale

Up to 1000 bar 1.5 × full scale

Parts in contact with medium

Standard Stainless steel, mat. ref. 1.4545/1.4541

Optionally Inconel® 2.4668 or Hastelloy® 2.4610

Measuring head Aluminium, anodized blue

Output See order details

Ambient temperature effect on diaphragm, deviation from 200 °C calibration temperature

Zero point ±0.02 % pro K

Span ±0.02 % pro K

Ambient temperature effect on measuring head, devition vom 20 °C

Zero point ±0.04 % pro K

Zero point deviation ±3 % of measuring range

Deviation from characteristic(with tolerance band setting)

1 % from 10 % of measuring range

Repeatability < 0.15 % of full scale

Voltage supply

For output 432 or 433 DC 5 to 10 V

For output 405 or 450 DC 11,5 to 30 V

Calibration resistance Built-in for 80 % of full-scale value

Permissible temperature of medium

On diaphragm 20 to 400 °C

With filling medium 18 (NAK) 20 to 480 °C

On measuring head ≤ 100 °C

Permissible ambient temperature 100 °C max.

Case Aluminium

Process connection See order details

Tightening torque 30 Nm max.


For output 405, 432 or 433 Bendix round plug connector

For output 450 M12 × 1/5-pole

Insulation resistance 10000 MΩ bei 100 V Prüfspannung

Protection type IP64 according to EN 60529

Nominal position Unrestricted

Weight Approx. 500 g

2014-06-12/00073155







Dimensions

Type 404450/000-xxx-432-xxx-xx-xx-15-35/000

Type 404450/031-xxx-432-xxx-xx-xx-15-35/000

Type 404450/031-xxx-405-xxx-xx-xx-27-35/000

max. 30 Nm

19 a/f

max. 30 Nm

hex

flexible

max. 30 Nm

17 a/f

2014-06-12/00073155







Bore for transducer

Insert socket

Type 404450/031-xxx-450-xxx-xx-xx-27-36/000

D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 A B C a/f

1/2“ - 20 UNF 2A Ø 7.8 +0/-0.05 Ø 10.5 +0/-0.05 Ø 10.5 +0/-0.5 Ø 12.7 5.6 +0/-0.1 10.8 17 17

M18 × 1.5 Ø 10 +0/-0.05 Ø 16 +0/-0.1 Ø 16 +0/-0.5 Ø 18 6 +0/-0.25 14 20 19

d1 d2 d3 d4 a b c

1/2“ - 20 UNF 2A Ø 7.92 +0.05/-0.0 Ø 10.69 +0.1/-0.0 Ø 13 5.7 3.2 max. 19

M18 × 1.5 Ø 10.1 +0.05/-0.0 Ø 16.1 +0.1/-0.0 Ø 20 6.15 4 max. 25

d1 d2 Part no. d3 d4 d5 dK a l

M16 1/2“ - 20 UNF 2A 00310280 Ø 10 +0.05/-0.1 Ø 18 Ø 10 Ø 18 6 25

M24 M18 × 1.5 00310281 Ø 14 +0.05/-0.1 Ø 26 Ø 14 Ø 26 10 35

max. 30 Nm

17 a/f

2014-06-12/00073155







Electrical connectionPressure transmitter

Pressure transducer

Connection cable

with output 405 (4 to 20 mA, two-wire)

with output 432 oder 433 (2 mV/V or 3.3 mV/V) with output 450 (CANopen)

A Yellow

B White

C Brown

D Green

E Red

F - Grey

A

B

C

E

F

D

Power supply +Signal +Power supply -Signal -

Calibration +

Calibration -

AFB

DC E

A

B

C

E

F

D

Signal + (mV/V)

Signal - (mV/V)

Calibration -Calibration + (80 %)

Power supply +

Power supply -Power supply -

1

2

3

4

5

Screen

Power supply +

CAN high

CAN low

Power supply -

AFB

DC E

3

2

4

5 1

Screen

AFB

DC E

2014-06-12/00073155







Order details

(1) Basic type

404450/000 Melt pressure transmitter JUMO 4ADM-35 with rigid stem

404450/031 Melt pressure transmitter JUMO 4ADM-35 with capillary

404450/999 Melt pressure transmitter JUMO 4ADM-35, special version

(2) Input




469 0 to 1000 bar relative pressurea

a Not with filling medium 18






(3) Output

405 4 to 20 mA, two-wire

432 2 mV/V

433 3.33 mV/V

450 CANopen


535 M18 × 1.5 DIN 3852-1

592 1/2“ - 20 UNF 2A

(5) Material of diaphragm

20 Stainless steel 1.4545

81 Inconel® 2.4668

82 Hastelloy® 2.4610

(6) Filling medium

17 Mercury Hg

18 NAK (mercury-free filling)b

b Only with diaphragm material 81

(7) Power supply

15 DC 10 V

27 DC 11.5 to 30 Vc

c Only for output 405 or 450


35 Bendix round plug connector

36 M12 × 1d

d Only for output 450

69 Bendix round plug connector with coupling socket

70 Bendix round plug connector with coupling socket, including 5 m cable

(10) Extra codes

000 None

620 Deviation from characteristic: 0.5 % of measuring range

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)

Order code - - - - - - /

Order example 404450/000 - 468 - 432 - 592 - 20 - 17 - 15 35 / 000

2014-06-12/00073155







Accessories

Designation Sales no.

Cleaning tool for location bore, M18 × 1,5 thread 00307887

Cleaning tool for location bore, 1/2“ - 20 UNF 2A 00307891

Insert socket 1/2“ - 20 UNF 00310280

Insert socket M18 × 1.5 00310281

Instrument amplifier with LED indication and contracts 00456229


09.04 / 00349922

JUMO GmbH & Co. KG

Delivery address:Mackenrodtstraße 14,36039 Fulda, Germany

Postal address: 36035 Fulda, GermanyPhone: +49 661 60 03-0Fax: +49 661 60 03-6 07E-mail: [email protected]: www.jumo.net

JUMO Instrument Co. Ltd.

JUMO HouseTemple Bank, RiverwayHarlow, Essex CM20 2TT, UK

Phone: +44 12 79 63 55 33Fax: +44 12 79 63 52 62E-mail: [email protected]

JUMO PROCESS CONTROL INC.

885 Fox Chase, Suite 103Coatesville PA 19320, USAPhone: 610-380-8002

1-800-554-JUMOFax: 610-380-8009E-mail: [email protected]: www.JumoUSA.com

Temperature probefor the plastics industryType 404452

General applicationTemperature probes Type 404452 are used to measure melt temperature on extruders in theplastics industry.The measurement is converted into an electrical signal. Either thermocouples or resistancethermometers can be used. A probe tip thermally insulated with ceramic can be supplied forparticularly accurate temperature measurement. The probe tip is available in differentlengths in order to ensure a fast response.

Technical dataParts in contact with the plasticfor temperatures 0 — 350°C (“843”)stainless steel, Mat. Ref. 1.4541tip stainless steel, Mat.Ref. 1.4545 for temperatures 0 — 400°C (“848”)stainless steel, Mat. Ref. 1.4435tip stainless steel, Mat. Ref. 1.4545 withceramic insulation

Classificationfor tolerance “1”resistance thermometer0 +400°C, Class B, ±0.8°C at 100°Cfor tolerance “2”resistance thermometer0 +400°C, Class A, ±0.35°C at 100°Cfor tolerance “8”thermocouple-40 to +750°C, Class 2 ±2.5°C

ProtectionIP65 to EN 60 529

Mounting(male thread)(“591”) M18 x 1.5(“592”) ∫-20 UNF-2A

Electrical connectionLemosa round connector Type 2S 302 orLemosa Type 2S 304

Operating positionunrestricted

Weight300 g approx.

Dimensions

max. 20 Nm

D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

A B C a/f

1/2"-20 UNF 2A

M 18 x 1.5

ø 7.80

-0.05

ø 100

-0.05

ø 100

-0.05 ø 100

-0.5 ø 12.50

-0.5

ø 16ø 160

-0.1 ø 160

-0.5

5.60

-0.1 10.8

14

D

17

20

17 (19)

195.60

-0.25

see

Ordering details

"Probe tip length"

max. 20 Nm


09.04 / 00349922

Terminal connections

Ordering detailsBasic type404452 Temperature probe for the plastics industry

I Operating temperatureI 843 0 — 350°C, stainless steel versionI 848 0 — 400°C, stainless steel version with extra ceramic insulationI I Measuring insertI I 001 resistance thermometer Pt 100, 3-wire ISO 751I I 003 resistance thermometer Pt 100, 2-wire ISO 751I I 011 resistance thermometer Pt 100, 4-wire ISO 751I I 040 thermocouple Fe-Con J IEC 584-1I I 042 thermocouple Fe-Con L DIN 43 710I I 043 thermocouple NiCr-Ni K IEC 584-1I I I ToleranceI I I 1 Class B (this is standard for resistance thermometer sensor)I I I 2 Class A (to special order for resistance thermometer sensor)I I I 8 Class 2 ±2.5°C (only for thermocouple sensor)I I I I MountingI I I I 591 M18 x 1.5I I I I 592 ∫-20 UNF-2AI I I I I Probe tip lengthI I I I I 0 0 mmI I I I I 5 5 mmI I I I I 10 10 mmI I I I I 15 15 mmI I I I I 20 20 mmI I I I I 25 25 mmI I I I I I Electrical connectionI I I I I I 43 Lemosa plug size 2

404452 / - - - - - Ordering code







2014-02-13/00309011

II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T4 to T6 (without extra code 406 and 407)II 1/2 D Ex ia IIIC T100 °C to T60 °C IP65 (without extra code 406 and 407)II 2 G Ex ia IIC T4 to T6 (for extra code 406)II 1 G Ex ia IIB T4 to T6 (for extra code 407)

General applicationThe type 404753 pressure transmitter measures the pressure in both corrosive and non-corro-sive gases, vapors, liquids and dusts. The transmitter operates on the piezoresistive measuringprinciple. The output signal is a DC current that is proportional to the input pressure.The type 404753 pressure transmitter fulfills the following requirements for equipment group II:• In Zone 1 and 2 areas with an explosion hazard arising from gas (Gas).

The pressure connection (process connection) may, however, also be mounted on to zone 0.

• In Zone 21 and 22 areas with an explosion hazard arising from dust (Dust)The pressure connection (process connection) may, however, also be mounted on to zone 20.

The pressure transmitter can also be used as a level probe.• Explosion group II, category 2 G with extra code 406

• Explosion group II, category 1 G with extra code 407

The EC type-examination certificate is designated: SEV 09 ATEX 0140 X.

Technical dataReference conditionsto DIN 16086 and IEC 770/5.3


Overload limitfor ranges 100 bar:4× full scalefor ranges 100 bar:2× full scale

Bursting pressure10× full scale, 2000 bar max.

Parts in contact with mediumstandard:stainless steel, mat. ref. 1.4435, 1.4571for range 60 bar:stainless steel, mat. ref. 1.4571, 1.4542with extra code 406:cable material PE (polyethylene)

Output4 to 20 mA, 2-wire

Zero offset 0.3 % of full scale

Thermal hysteresisfor ranges 600 mbar: ±1 % of full scalefor ranges 600 mbar: ±0.5 % of full scale

Ambient temperature errorfor ranges 250 and 400 mbar:zero: 0.03 %/°C typical,


0.04 %/°C max.for ranges above 600 mbar:zero: 0.02 %/°C typical,


0.04 %/°C max.

Deviation from characteristic 0.5 % of full scale (limit setting)

Hysteresis 0.1 % of full scale

JUMO dTRANS p33

Pressure Transmitter and Level Probefor use in hazardous areas

Type 404753/000-xxx-405-504-20-61-1/000

Type 404753/000-xxx-405-658-20-12-1/406


2014-02-13/00309011







DimensionsElectrical connection 61 Electrical connection 12

Electrical connection 75 Electrical connection 61

2727

27

13

6

27

Technical dataStability per year 0.5 % of full scale

SupplyDC 11 to 28 V(from intrinsically safe circuit)1

Umax 28 VIK max 120 mARipple: The voltage spikes must not go above or below the limits specified for the supply.max. current drawn 45 mA (at DC 24 V)

Supply voltage error 0.03 % per V

Permissible ambient temperature-40 to +85 CStorage temperature-40 to +85 CPermissible temperature of mediumstandard: -40 to +85 Cfor type 404753/004: -40 to +200°Cwith extra code 406: -40 to +70 °Cwith extra code 407 : -40 to +70CElectromagnetic compatibilityEN 61326interference emission: Class Binterference immunity: industrial requirements

Electrical connectionrecommended: screened 5-core cablewith extra code 406 or 407: PE cable with internal pressure equilibration tubing


Mechanical vibration(to IEC 68-2-6)max. 10 g at 15 to 2000 Hz

Enclosure protectionwith connector screwed on:IP65 to EN 60529with extra code 406 or 407:IP68 to EN 60529Housingstainless steel, mat. fef. 1.4301

Pressure connectionsee order details;other connections on requestNominal positionunrestricted

Weight350 gm (with G 1/2 pressure connection)

1 Intrinsically safe circuit in conjunction withsupply unit with isolating transformer, Type KFD2, Data Sheet 404757

2014-02-13/00309011







Extra code 406 Extra code 407 Basic type extension 004

A = fixed connecting cable

B = customer-supplied protection tube, see Operating Instruction B404753.0

A

12

1

B

12

1

19

4

27

2014-02-13/00309011







Process connection (not front-flush)

Process connection (front-flush)

Process connection for level probes (extra code 406 and 407)

502 504 511 512 523

571 574 575

603 to 607 612 to 616 652 685 to 686

603 to 607 612 to 616 685 to 686

Processconnection

DN Ø D1 Ø D2 Ø D3 Ø D4 L1 Process-connection

DN Ø D1 Ø D2 Process-connection

DN Ø D

603 20 36.5 30 RD 44 × 1/6 54 13 612 20 27.5 34 685 25 - 32 50

604 25 44 35 RD 52 × 1/6 63 15 613 25 43.5 50.5 686 40 - 125 68

605 32 50 41 RD 58 × 1/6 70 15 615 40 43.5 50.5

606 40 56 48 RD 65 × 1/6 78 15 616 50 56.5 64

607 50 68.5 61 RD 78 × 1/6 92 16

658 659 567 A = Profile seal DN G 1/2

B = Profile seal DN G 3/4

C = O-ring 14 × 1.78

D = O-ring 20.5 × 1.78

E = O-ring

Protective cap

2727 27 27 27

27 2727

A BB

CD

D2

D1

D3

D4

L1

EE

22

2014-02-13/00309011








Pin assignment (M12 × 1), 5-pole


Terminal box Fixed cable Round plug M12 × 1

SupplyDC 11 to 28 Vintrinsically safe

1 L+2 L-

whitegray

1 L+3 L-

Output4 to 20 mA, 2-wireproportional current 4 to 20 mA in supply

1 +2 -

whitegray

1 +3 -

Potential equilibration 2

ScreenA shielded cable must be used for the connection!

black

1

4

2

3

2

3

1

4

2014-02-13/00309011








404753/000 JUMO dTRANS p33 - Pressure transmitter and level probe for use in hazardous areas

404753/004 JUMO dTRANS p33 - Pressure transmitter and level probe for elevated temperature of mediuma

(2) Nominal input range

451 0 to 250 mbar gauge pressure











462 0 to 40 bar gauge pressureb







475 -0.25 to 0 bar gauge pressure


















998 Special range absolute pressure

999 Special range gauge pressure

(3) Output

405 4 to 20 mA, 2-wire


502 G 1/4 to DIN EN 837

504 G 1/2 to DIN EN 837

511 1/4-18 NPT to DIN 837

512 1/2-14 NPT to DIN 837

523 G 1/2 to DIN 3852 T11

2014-02-13/00309011







567 G 1/4 internalc

571 G 3/4 front-flush to DIN EN ISO 228-1d

574 G 1/2 front-flush with 2× seal

575 G 3/4 front-flush with 2× seald

603 Taper connection with slotted nut to DIN11851, DN 20 (milk pipe fitting)d





612 Clamp connection to DIN 32676, DN 10/15/20d

613 Clamp connection to DIN 32676, DN 25/32/40d

616 Clamp connection to DIN 32676, DN 50d

652 Tank connection with slotted union nut, DN 25d

658 Level measuring probe: connection closed underneathe

659 Level measuring probe: connection open underneathe

685 Varivent DN 31/25 with EHEDG certification

997 JUMO PEKA with EHEDG certification

999 To customer specification




12 Fixed connecting cable, screened, 2 m


61 Terminal box DIN EN 175301-803, form A, ex DIN 43650

75 Terminal head

99 Special design

(7) Filling medium for measurement system

0 No filling medium

1 Silicone oil

(8) Extra codes

000 None

406 Level probe: IP68 protection, fixed cable, class 2 G, zone 1f

407 Level probe: IP68 protection, fixed cable, class 1 G, zone 0f, g

a Measuring instruments for increased medium temperatures can only be supplied with measuring ranges from 1 to 25 bar.b These inputs (> 25 bar) can only be supplied in conjunction with process connections 502, 504, 511, 512, 523, 541, 571, 574 and 999.

Process connection 574 can only be selected with inputs 463, 464, 465, 466 and 467 (from 0 to 60 bar up to 0 to 400 bar) and process con-nection 571 can only be selected with inputs 462 and 463 (from 0 to 40 bar up to 0 to 60 bar).

c This process connection is not possible in conjunction with extra code 407.d These process connections cannot be supplied with inputs 464, 465, 466, 467, 468, 469 and 505.e These process connections can only be supplied in conjunction with extra codes 406 or 407.f These extra codes can only be supplied in conjunction with electrical connection 12 (fixed connecting cable, shielded, 2 m).

Please clearly specify one of the process connections, different cable lengths, and/or special requirements for the material of the cable sheath.The standard material is PE.

g The operator must select an overall system that will ensure the correct zone isolation for the relevant application. This must be implementedby including a protection tube and screw connection as described in EN 60079-1. The applicable requirements are described in the operatinginstructions.

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

Order code - - - - - - /

Order example 404753/000 - 451 - 405 - 504 - 20 - 61 - 1 / 000

2014-02-13/00309011







Accessories

Article Part no.


Wire holder 00061389

Screw plug 00333329


2-valve manifold PN 420, DN 5, version 1/2-NPT or 1/2-NPT 00561605

2-valve manifold PN 420, DN 5, version 1/2-NPT or G 1/2 00550362

/10






JUMO DELOS SI

Precision pressure transmitter with switching contacts and display

Application• Food & pharma• CIP/SIP systems• Machine and system construction• Air conditioning and refrigeration system construction

Brief descriptionThe JUMO DELOS SI high-precision, electronic pressure switch with analog output meets tech-nical requirements relevant to hygiene. In a readily cleanable design and with a front-flush, seal-free measuring system, it is specifically geared to hygienic process safety standards and hasbeen engineered and certified in compliance with EHEDG guidelines. The nominal measuringranges set at the factory extend from 400 mbar to 60 bar. They can be rescaled in the ratio 1:4,allowing the user to perform several measurement tasks with just one measuring instrument. Thefollowing output variants are available, depending on the application: 1× PNP or 2× PNP switch-ing outputs or 1× PNP switching output and an analog output signal. The process pressure is vi-sualized by a large, positively lit LC display, which changes from an amber color to red, as analarm function, if the nominal measuring range is exceeded (6.25 % according to NAMUR). Con-figuration can simply be performed on the measuring instrument, or by using the more conve-nient setup program. The enclosure can be rotated +/-160° to make it easier to read, and the dis-play can be rotated 180° for overhead mounting. A high-temperature variant is available for hotmedia up to 200 °C (CIP and SIP cleaning systems).

Type 405052


An hygienic design, with parts in contact with the medium made from stainless steel. The sys-tem has no dead zones, which prevents microbial contamination and ensures maximum pro-cess safety for hygienic processes.

• Uncomplicated and time-savingSave time with easy, local measuring instrument configuration or configuration via a more con-venient setup program.

• FlexibleThe enclosure can be turned +/-160° and the display rotated 180° for user-friendly and indi-vidual alignment of the measuring instrument for optimum readability, configuration and elec-trical installation in any mounting position, as well as for running an auto-zero function.

Key features• Linearity from 0.1 % of FS• Sclaing of measuring range 1:4• Large, brilliant two-color display with alarm

function• Time-saving and simple configuration on

the instrument or via a more convenient set-up program

• Flexible mounting variance by rotating the display (180°), followed by auto zeroing

• Enclosure can be turned (+/-160°) to im-prove readability

• Option for increased medium temperature up to 200 °C (SIP and CIP capability)

Approval/approval marks (see Technical Data)

Data sheet 405052

2014-05-15/00506724

2014-05-15/00506724

Data sheet 405052 Page 2/10






Technical data

General information

Input

OutputsAll analog outputs in 3-wire technology/Switching outputs: open collector, PNP switching

Reference conditions DIN 16086 and DIN EN 60770

Sensor system Silicium sensor with stainless steel separating diaphragm

Pressure transfer means Synthetic oil (silicon oil), FDA-compliant oil

Permissible load changes > 10 million

Location


Position-dependent zero point offset Device standing upright, process connection on bottom

Basic type 000 standard ≤ 1 mbar

Basic type 004 high-temperature design ≤ 10 mbar

Display Positively lit display

Alignment Display can be rotated 180° via software

Enclosure rotatable ±160° (use the combination tool supplied)

Size Display field 16 × 26 mm, font size 7 mm, 2× 4-digit

Color Normal operation: amber-colored

Switching state display K1, K2

Measuring unit mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, %

Operation

Local Via control element under the screw plug with combination tool or 0.5 × 3 screwdriver or 2AF hex key

Setup interface Pin 5 of the M12 × 1 round plug

Relative pressure Nominal measuring ranges start at 0 bar.

Nominal measuring range 0.4 1 4 10 25 60

barOverload capacitya

a All measuring ranges can be overloaded to -1 bar (vacuum-proof).

1.6 4 16 40 100 240

Bursting pressure 2 5 20 50 125 300

Nominal measuring range -0.4 to +0.4 -1 to +1 -1 to +3 -1 to +9 -1 to +24

barOverload capacitya 1.6 4 16 40 100

Bursting pressure 2 5 20 50 125

Absolute pressure Nominal measuring ranges start at 0 bar.

Nominal measuring range 0.4 1 4 10 25 60

barOverload capacitya 1.6 4 16 40 100 240

Bursting pressure 2 5 20 50 125 300

Analog output

Current

Output 475 4 to 20 mA (and 1× PNP switching output)

Output 476 0 to 20 mA (and 1× PNP switching output)

Voltage

Output 477 0 to 10 V (and 1× PNP switching output)

Step response time (analog input)

T90 ≤ 100 ms

Switching output

Output 470, 475, 476 or 477 1× PNP switching output

2014-05-15/00506724








Output 471 2× PNP switching outputs

Switching type Break contact/make contact

Switching function Window/hysteresis

Switching capacity

Voltage drop from UB PNP ≤ 2 V

Contact rating ON ≤ 250 mA/OFF ≤ 1 mA

Switching cycles > 10 million

Response time ≤ 20 ms

Short-circuit proof Yes

Current load check

Pulse period 2 s; TON 40 ms

Periodic protective circuitwith overcurrent

f = 0.5 HzDisplay: Err3 switching output K 1, Err4 switching output K 2

Setting range

Analog output Measurement range scaling (turn down) 1:4

Switching output

Switching point Configurable in the nominal measuring range (> reset point)

Reset point Configurable in the nominal measuring range (< switching point)

Hysteresis Configurable in the nominal measuring range

Input damping 0 to 99.99 s

Input delay 0 to 99.99 s

Burden

Current

4 to 20 mA, three-wire RL ≤ (UB-6.5 V) ÷ 0.022 A (Ω)

0 to 20 mA, three-wire RL ≤ (UB-6.5 V) ÷ 0.022 A (Ω)

Voltage

DC 0 to 10 V, three-wire RL ≥ 10 KΩ

Process connection

Material Stainless steel 316L

Surface Ra ≤ 0.8 µm

Process seal All flange connections are welded and therefore have no seals!

Process connection 521, 523, 571, 576, 652 FPM as standard

Process connection 575 FPM as standard, O-ring at front; FDA-compliant

Process connection 997 JUMO PEKA FPM, VMQ, silicon EPDM; FDA-compliant, options see data sheet 409711

Measuring diaphragm



Enclosure



Threaded sleeve M12 × 1 Stainless steel 316L

Enclosure seal VMQ silicon; FDA-compliant

Display PA (polyamide)

Control element screw plug

Material Aluminum 3.2315

Surface Eloxal coating

Seal VMQ silicon; FDA-compliant

Weight 200 g with process connection 504, (G 1/2)

2014-05-15/00506724







Ambient conditions

Accuracy


Medium -25 to +100 °C (135 °C max 1 hour/day; no function here)

For basic type extension 004 -25 to +200 °C

Environment -25 to +75 °C

Ambient temperature -50 °C Restricted function: stationary use only, danger of broken cable, display does not function



In operation 100 % rel. humidity, including condensation of instrument outer sleeve

Storage 90 % rel. humidity, no condensation


Vibration resistancea

a IEC 60068-2-6

20 g, 10 to 2000 Hz

Shock resistanceb

b IEC 60068-2-27

50 g for 11 ms/100 g for 1 ms

Electromagnetic compatibility With 4-pin connecting cable and grounded enclosure only!

Interference emissionc

c IEC 61326-2-3

Class B


Protectiond

d EN 60529 (with suitable mating piece when connected)

IP67

Relative pressure Nominal measuring ranges start at 0 bar.

Nominal measuring range 0.4 1 4 10 25 60 bar

Linearitya


0.15 0.15 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 % of FS of NMR

Accuracy at +20 °Cb

b Includes: linearity, hysteresis, repeatability, deviation from initial and final values of measuring range

0.35 0.3 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 % of FS of NMR

Accuracy at -20 to +75 °Cc

c Includes: linearity, hysteresis, repeatability, deviation from initial and final values of measuring range, thermal effect on initial value of measuring range and span

0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 % of FS of NMR

Nominal measuring range -0.4 to +0.4 -1 to +1 -1 to +3 -1 to +9 -1 to +24 bar

Linearitya 0.15 0.15 0.1 0.1 0.1 % of FS of NMR

Accuracy at +20 °Cb 0.35 0.3 0.25 0.25 0.25 % of FS of NMR

Accuracy at -20 to +75 °Cc 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 % of FS of NMR

Absolute pressure Nominal measuring range start at 0 bar.

Nominal measuring range 0.4 1 4 10 25 60 bar

Linearitya 0.15 0.15 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 % of FS of NMR

Accuracy at +20 °Cb 0.35 0.3 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 % of FS of NMR

Accuracy at -20 to +75 °Cc 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 % of FS of NMR


d EN 61298-1

0.2% with reference conditions as per EN 61298-1

2014-05-15/00506724







Auxiliary power

Approval/marks of conformity

Voltage supply UBa

a Residual ripple: Peak voltages must not exceed or fall below the values specified for the voltage supply!

Nominal voltage DC 24 V

0 to 20 mA, three-wire, output 476 DC 12 to 30 V

4 to 20 mA, three-wire, output 475 DC 12 to 30 V

0 to 10 V, three-wire, output 477 DC 14 to 30 V

Less than the permitted voltage supply Display Err 5

More than the maximum voltage supply > DC 34 V

The specified properties are no longer met.


Power consumption ≤ 45 mA without load, ≤ 545 mA with load 2× PNP

Electrical connection Round plug M12 × 1, 4-pin, A-coded (for assignment see "Connection diagram”)

Circuit SELV

Mark of conformity Testing laboratory Certificate/ Certification number Test basis Valid for

EHEDG TUM MAK No. 03/2006 Document No. 8 Process connection 997 JUMO PEKA

2014-05-15/00506724







Block diagram

Connection diagramOutput 470 Output 471 Output 475 - 477

1 PNP switching output 2 PNP switching outputs 1 PNP switching output + 1 analog output

Voltage supply

Voltagesupply

Voltagesupply

1 L+ DC 12(14) to 30 V 1 L+ DC 12(14) to 30 V 1 L+ DC 12(14) to 30 V

3 L- (GND) 3 L- (GND) 3 L- (GND)

Output Output Output

4 K1 Highside open collectormax. 250 mA

2 K2 Highside open collectormax. 250 mA

2 analog 0(4) to 20 mA/0 to 10 V

2 nc 4 K1 4 K1 Highside open collectormax. 250 mA

5 Interface 5 Interface 5 Interface

Color assignment: M12 × 1 round plug 1 bn Brown 4 bk Black The color assignment applies onlyto A-coded standard cables.2 wh White 5 gy Gray

3 bu Blue

Type

40

50

52

Pressure

Voltage supplyDC 12(14) to 30 V

Switching output 2Open collector

max. 250 mA

InterfaceSetup program

Display2× 4 characters, 2-color

Analog output0(4) to 20 mA or

DC 0 to 10 V

Switching output 1Open collector

max. 250 mA

Shaft encoderOperation: turning and pressing

1

2

3

4

5

L-K1

L+

1

2

3

4

5

L-K1 K2

L+

1

2

3

4

5

L-K1

L+

2014-05-15/00506724







Dimensions

Type 405052/000-... Type 405052/004-...

Process connections, not front-flush

504 511 521 523

A = Profile seal DN G 1/4B = Profile seal DN G 1/2E = 27 AF

35

Ø 42

M1

2x1

30

75

40

E

G 1/2

20

31

G 1/2

19

1.6

Ø 7

15

E

1/4-18 NPT

15

26

10.4

1/4-18 NPT

A

E

12

1.5

Ø 19

G 1/4

23

.5

G 1/4

1.6

12

0.1

B

E

25

.5

Ø 27

G 1/2

14

G 1/22

.51

40.1

1.6

2014-05-15/00506724







DimensionsProcess connections, front-flush

571 575 576

C = Profile seal DN G 3/4 G = 41 AF J = O-ring 29.82 × 2.62

D = Profile seal DN G 1 H = O-ring 20.35 × 1.78

F = 32 AF I = O-ring 26.7 × 1.78

603 to 607 612 to 616

Processconnection

DN Ø D1 Ø D2 Ø D3 Ø D4 L1 Process connection

DNDIN 32676

DN(inch)

Nominal sizeISO 2852

Ø D1 Ø D2

603 20 36.5 30 RD 44 × 1/6 54 13 612 2015

12 27.5 34

604 25 44 35 RD 52 × 1/6 63 15 12.7

606 40 56 48 RD 65 × 1/6 78 15 17.2

607 50 68.5 61 RD 78 × 1/6 92 16 21.3

613 25 1??1.5??

25 43.5 50.5

32 33.7

40 38

616 50 2?? 40 56.5 64

51

623 652 997

Process connection for adapter system certified by EHDEDGJUMO PEKA(see data sheet 409711)

F

C

G 3/4

16

32

G 3/4

16

1.6

C

H

F

G 3/4

G 3/4

9

34

20.5

20.5 13

1.6

1.6 Ø 24.5

Ø 241

6

G

D

I

Ø 30

35

720.5

14

1.6

1.6

17.5

20.5

G 1

G 1Ø 30.5

D2

D1

D3

D4

L1

D1

D2

3

15

153Ø19

Ø26Ø40

RD52 x 1/6

Ø 35

Ø 45

Ø 55

Ø 63

21

31

J

11

hex 27

2014-05-15/00506724








405052/000 JUMO DELOS SI - Precision pressure transmitter with switching contacts and displaya

405052/004 JUMO DELOS SI - Precision pressure transmitter with switching contacts and displayfor increased measuring material temperatures up to 200 °Cb

405052/999 JUMO DELOS SI - Precision pressure transmitter with switching contacts and display, special version

(2) Input












486 0 to 400 mbar absolute pressure





(3) Output

470 1× PNP switching output

471 2× PNP switching outputs

475 1× PNP switching output and 1× analog output 4 to 20 mAc

476 1× PNP switching output and 1× analog output 0 to 20 mAc

477 1× PNP switching output and 1× analog output 0 to 10 Vc


504 G 1/2 EN 837

511 1/4-18 NPT EN 837

521 G 1/4 DIN 3852-11

523 G 1/2 DIN 3852-11

571 G 3/4 front-flush EN ISO 228-1

575 G 3/4 front-flush with 2-way seal

576 G 1 front-flush with 2-way seal

603 Taper socket with union nut DN 20 DIN 11851 (dairy screw connection)d




612 Clamp DN 10, 15, 20 DIN 32676

613 Clamp DN 25, 32, 40 DIN 32676

616 Clamp DN 50 DIN 32676, 2“ ISO 2852

619 Clamp DN 15 DIN 32676, 3/4“ ISO 2852

623 Small flange DN 25 DIN 28403

652 Tank connection with grooved union nut DN 25e

997 JUMO PEKA with EHEDG approvalf

998 Suitable for connection to diaphragm seal



2014-05-15/00506724







Stock versionsDelivery in 3 working days after receipt of order

Accessories




01 Silicon oil

12 FDA-compliant oil

(8) Extra codes

000 None

100 Customized setting (specify required setting in plain text)

452 Parts in contact with the medium are electropolished, surface roughness Ra ≤ 0.8 µm



691 Improved humidity/vibration protection

a This JUMO product is licensed under United States and Canadian patents. Purchasers of the JUMO product outside of the United States and Canada should advise JUMO of any planned sales of products incorporating the JUMO product into the United States and Canada.

b Measuring devices for increased measuring material temperatures can only be delivered with process connection 571, 575, 576, 603, 604, 606, 607, 612, 613, 623, 652, 997.

c Factory setting - the analog output can be freely configured.d Union nut is included in delivery.e Welding socket, seal and groove union nut are included in delivery.f For suitable process connection adapters, see data sheet 409711.

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

Order code - - - - - - /

Order example 405052/000 - 459 - 471 - 504 - 20 - 36 - 01 / 000

Type Version Sales no.

405052/000-459-475-504-20-36-01/000 0 to 10 bar rel., 1× PNP switching output and 4 to 20 mA, G 1/2 00520630

405052/000-449-475-504-20-36-01/000 -1 to +1 bar rel., 1× PNP switching output and 4 to 20 mA, G 1/2 00523317


405052/004-491-475-504-20-36-01/000 Increased measuring material temperature, 0 to 4 bar abs., 1× PNP switching output and 4 to 20 mA, G 3/4

00527725


405052/000-452-475-504-20-36-01/000 0 to 400 mbar rel., 1× PNP switching output and 4 to 20 mA, G 1/2 00528746


405052/000-452-475-997-20-36-01/000 0 to 400 mbar rel., 1× PNP switching output and 4 to 20 mA, JUMO PEKA 00530067

405052/000-483-475-997-20-36-01/000 -1 to +9 bar rel., 1× PNP switching output and 4 to 20 mA, JUMO PEKA 00533816

Article Sales no.

PC interface cable including USB/TTL convertera 00456352

Y transmitter cable, 5 polea 00507861

Combination tool 00526614

Cable connector, straight, 4 pole, M12 × 1, 2 m PVC cable 00404585

Cable connector, angled, 4 pole, M12 × 1, 2 m PVC cable 00409334

Cable socket, 5 pole, M12 × 1, straight, without connecting cable, assembly by customer 00419130

Measuring device holder for wall and 2" pipe 00597711

CD-setup programa

a The setup program can only be used for configuration in conjunction with these accessories.

00522384

/6






2011-04-05/00519541

MID flow transmitter

Brief descriptionThe flow rate transmitter has a magnetically inductive sensor (MID). Standardized fittings ensure easy installation of the transmitter into tubes ranging from DN15 toDN400 (see Data Sheet 406090).The transmitter can be used in liquids with a conductivity of 20 µS/cm or greater.Flow speeds from 0.2 to 10 m/s can be measured.The transmitter provides an output signal of 4 to 20 mA.The measurement is also represented as a frequency pulse signal of 0 to 240 Hz.Simple control tasks can be implemented with the installed relay.

Data Sheet 406010

Type 406010/ …

Key features■ Stainless steel design.

■ Simple mounting.

■ For pressures up to PN16 and temperatures up to 150°C.

Example of mounting

Flow transmitter

FittingSee Data Sheet 406090

2011-04-05/00519541







Technical dataOperating conditions

Measurement medium Water or other conductive liquidsMinimum conductivity:20 µS/cm

Medium temperature In combination with a PVC fitting: 0 to +50°CIn combination with a PE fitting: 0 to +70°CIn combination with a PP fitting: 0 to +80°CIn combination with a stainless steel fitting:-15 to +150°C

Ambient temperature -10 to +60°C operating temperature-20 to +60°C storage temperature

Tube diameter For diameters DN15 to DN 400.

Only in combination with fittings as per Data Sheet 406090.

System pressure In combination with a PVC or PE fitting:

Minimum inlet and outlet distances

See illustrations on page 5/5

Relative humidity < 80%, non-condensing

Enclosure protection IP65

EMC EN 50081-1, EN 61000-6-2

Safety EN 61010-1

Vibration EN 60068-2-6

Impact EN 60068-2-27

Measuring range

Flowspeed

0.2 to 10 m/s

Accuracy (With a flow speed of from 1 to 10 m/s and a medium temperature in the range from -15 to 70°C)

With standard K factor: ≤ ± 4% of measured valueafter teach-in: ≤ ± 2% of measured value

Linearity ≤ ± 1% of measured value + 0.1% of measurement range end

Repeatability ≤ ± 0.25% of measured value

Materials

Housing, cover, nut

PPA

Screws, seal,cable gland

Sensor: stainless steel, EPDM, PA

Parts in contact with medium

Sensor: stainless steel 1.4404/316L, FKM, PEEKFitting: see data sheet 406090

-10 +10 +30 +50 +70 +90 +1100

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

P [bar]

T [°C]

PP (PN 10)

PVC (PN 10)

12

13

14

15

PVC (PN 10)

16

11

+130 +150

Metall (PN 16)

2011-04-05/00519541








Electrical data

Power supply voltage DC 18 to 36 V, reverse polarity protected


Output Current: 4 to 20 mA, three wiresLoop resistance: max. 1100 Ω at 36 V DC or max. 330 Ω at 18 V DC

Frequency pulse: 0 to 240 Hzclock ratio: 50%, ≤ 100 mA, protected against short circuit and reverse polarity

Relay: 3 A, 250 VAC, changeover contact

Alarm: when exceeding scale value: 22 mA or 256 HzDevice error: 22 mA or 0 Hz

Cable gland M20 x 1.5

Series terminals for lines with cross-section up to 0.75 mm2


Supply voltageDC 11.5 to 36 V

2 L+3 L-

Output4 to 20 mA, three wires

1 L+3 L-

max. 1100 Ω at 36 V DCmax. 0330 Ω at 18 V DC

OutputFrequency pulse

5 Pls+6 Pls-

Equipotential bonding PE 4

Screen 4

Relay

Terminal assignment

(1) Connection terminals

(2) Green display

(3) Red display

(4) Bar graph

(5) DIP switch for configuration

(6) Button

(7) Relay connection

(9) Switch: Sink / source

NO

C

NC

1 2 3 4 5 6

4...2

0

V+ V-

PE

Pls

+

Pls

-

ON12

34

56

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910

C

NO

NC

(1)

(2)

(4)

(5)(6)

(7)(3)

(8)

2011-04-05/00519541







Dimensions

Note: suitable fittings can be found in Data Sheet 406090.

Tubediameter

DN

L HBuilt into T fitting

Tubediameter

DN

L HBuilt into welded adapter

15

162

168 65

199

187

20 166 80 193

25 166 100 200

32 169 125 235

40 173 150 242

50 179 200 263

250 281

300 293

350 306

400 321

115

88

88

L

M20 x 1.5

H

2011-04-05/00519541







MountingInstallationTo ensure accurate flow measurements, the flow transmitter of type 406010 must be installed in vertical or horizontal tubing.

Minimum inlet and outlet distancesTo eliminate turbulence in the tubing, the minimum inlet and outlet distances must be observed.To ensure greater accuracy, the length of these zones for eliminating turbulence can be increased. For additional information see EN ISO 5167-1.

The direction of flow is from left to right.

DN = Nominal tube width.

Control valve 1 x 90° elbowor T piece

2 x 90° elbow ExtensionThree-dimensional

2 x 90° elbow Reduction

Note: 45° angle installation positionWe recommend installing the flow rate transmitter at an angle of 45° to the central axis of the tube!

This will largely prevent accumulation from forming on the electrodes and measurement errors due to air bubbles.

right wrong

right

right

right

wrong

wrong

wrong

50 x DN 5 x DN 20 x DN 5 x DN



45°

45°

2011-04-05/00519541







Mounting recommendationFittings for flow rate sensors - see Data Sheet 406090

1 See "Mounting recommendation" table above.

PVC and stainless steel T fitting Nominal flow rate widthDN15 to DN50

Sensor version (basic type extension)Short sensor

PE welded adapter Nominal flow rate widthDN65 to DN100DN125 to DN400

Sensor version (basic type extension)Short sensorLong sensor

Stainless steel welded adapter with radius Nominal flow rate widthDN50 to DN200DN250 to DN350


PP connecting clamps Nominal flow rate widthDN50 to DN200

Sensor version (basic type extension)Long sensor

Information for ordering: MID flow transmitter

(1) Basic type406010 MID flow transmitter

(2) Basic type extension001 Short sensor1

002 Long sensor1

(3) Output406 4 to 20 mA, three wires

(4) Electrical connection82 Cable gland

(5) Extra codes000 None

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)Order code / - - /Sample order 406010 / 001 - 406 - 82 / 000

/6






2011-04-07/00519544

Paddlewheel flow sensor

Brief descriptionThe paddlewheel rate sensor is designed for continuous measurement of the flow of neutral and weakly aggressive liquids containing low levels of solids. Flow speeds of 0.3 to 10 m/s can be measured.The sensor provides a frequency pulse signal proportional to the flow speed.Standardized fittings ensure easy installation of the measuring transducer in tubes ranging fromDN15 to DN400 (see Data Sheet 406090).

Data Sheet 406020

Type 406020/ …

Key features■ Simple mounting.

■ For pressures up to PN10 and temperatures up to +70°C.

■ Three-wire frequency pulse signal is suitable for direct connection to PLC.

Example of mounting

Fitting

Flow sensor

See Data Sheet 406090

2011-04-07/00519544







Technical dataOperating conditions

Measurement medium Water or other neutral or weakly aggressive liquids

Viscosity of themeasurement medium

≤ 300 cStokes

Medium temperature In combination with PVC fitting: 0 to +50°CIn combination with PP fitting: 0 to +80°CIn combination with PE fitting: 0 to +70°CIn combination with stainless stell fitting: -15 to +80°C

Ambient temperature -10 to +60°C operating temperature-20 to +60°C storage temperature

Tube diameter For diameters DN15 to DN 400.

Only in combination with fittings as per Data Sheet 406090.

System pressure In combination with a PVC or PE fitting:

Minimum inlet and outlet distances

See illustrations on page 5/5

Relative humidity ≤ 80%, non-condensing

Enclosure protection IP65 (with mating connector connected)

EMC EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3

Vibration EN 60068-2-6

Impact EN 60068-2-27

Measuring range

Flowspeed

0.3 to 10 m/s

Accuracy With standard K factor: ≤ ± 3% of measured valueafter teach-in: ≤ ± 0.5% of measured value

Linearity ≤ ± 0/5% of measurement range end (at 10 m/s)

Repeatability ≤ ± 0.4% of measured value

Materials

Enclosure, union nut

PE, PC

Cable plug PA

Parts in contact withmedium

Sensor: PVDF, ceramic, FKMFitting: see data sheet 406090

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0-10 +10 +30 +50 +70

P [bar]

T [°C]

PVC (PN10)

PP (PN10)

Metal

2011-04-07/00519544








Connection example

L+ and L- must always be connected!Pulse (PNP) or pulse (NPN) are optionally connected.

Electrical data

Power supply voltage DC 12 to 36 V


Output Pulse: 0 - 300 Hz, clock ratio: 50%, ≤ 100 mA, protected against reverse polarity

Connection Device socket EN 175301-803

Recommended connecting cable

max. 1.5 mm2, max. 50 m long, shielded


Supply voltageDC 12 to 36 V

1 L+3 L-

Output pulse (PNP) Pls+

3 L-

Output pulse (NPN) 1 L+

2 Pls-

Terminal assignment

(1) Supply voltage

(2) Output pulse NPN transistor

(3) 0 V

(4) Output pulse PNP transistor

(4)

(2)

(3)

(1)

1

3 2

PNP

NPN

1

2

3

RL RL

Transmitter or PLC

PaddlewheelL+

Pulse (PNP)

Pulse (NPN)

L-

Type 406020

2011-04-07/00519544







Dimensions

Note: suitable fittings can be found in Data Sheet 406090.

Tubediameter

DN

L HBuilt into T fitting

Tubediameter

DN

L HBuilt into welded adapter

15 153 156 65

191

173

20 154 80 178

25 154 100 184

32 157 150 230

40 161 200 251

50 167 250 269

300 281

350 294

400 309

H

75

L

2011-04-07/00519544







MountingInstallationTo ensure accurate flow measurements, the flow sensor of type 406020 must be installed in vertical or horizontal tubing.

Minimum inlet and outlet distancesTo eliminate turbulence in the tubing, the minimum inlet and outlet distances must be observed.To ensure greater accuracy, the length of these zones for eliminating turbulence can be increased. For additional information see EN ISO 5167-1.

The direction of flow is from left to right.

DN = Nominal tube width.

Control valve 1 x 90° elbowor T piece

2 x 90° elbow ExtensionThree-dimensional

2 x 90° elbow Reduction

right wrong

right

right

right

wrong

wrong

wrong




2011-04-07/00519544







Mounting recommendationFittings for flow rate sensors - see Data Sheet 406090

1 See "Mounting recommendation" table above.

PVC and stainless steel T fitting Nominal flow rate widthDN15 to DN50

Sensor version (basic type extension)Short sensor

PE welded adapter Nominal flow rate widthDN65 to DN100DN125 to DN400


Stainless steel welded adapter with radius Nominal flow rate widthDN50 to DN200DN250 to DN350


PP connecting clamps Nominal flow rate widthDN50 to DN200

Sensor version (basic type extension)Long sensor

Information for ordering: Paddlewheel flow sensor

(1) Basic type406020 Paddlewheel flow sensor

(2) Basic type extension001 Short sensor1

002 Long sensor1

(3) Output440 Frequency pulse

(4) Electrical connection61 Cable socket

(5) Extra codes000 None

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)Order code / - - /Sample order 406020 / 001 - xxx - 61 / 000

/8






2012-03-28/00518313

Fittings for flow sensors

Brief descriptionThese fittings enable to connect the following flow sensors in tubes:

- MID flow transmitter, type 406010

- Paddlewheel flow sensor, type 406020

Example of mounting

Flow sensor

Fitting

Data Sheet 406090

Key features■ For flow sensors

Type 406010 (MID sensor)Type 406020 (paddlewheel sensor)

■ Wide assortment of process connectionsDN15 to DN400.

■ Plastic and stainless steel options.

■ Simple mounting.

■ For neutral, aggressive or polluted liquids.

Stainless steel T fitting

PVC T fitting






2012-03-28/00518313


Technical data

PVC T fitting as per DIN 8063- Nominal widths DN 15 to DN 50

- Maximum pressure PN 10 1

- Maximum temperature 50°C 1

- Fitting material PVC

- Sealant FKM

2 Maximum flow rate at a flow velocity of 10 m/s3 K-factor in pulse per liter for the Impeller flow rate sensor type 406020

Dimensions Pressure/temperature diagram

Nominal width Sensor version Qmax2

[l/s]K3

[pulse/l]Sales no.

DN15 short 3.19 120.00 00523053

DN20 short 3.48 81.10 00523055

DN25 short 5.42 56.6 00523056

DN32 short 10.30 29.90 00523057

DN40 short 17.52 18.60 00523058

DN50 short 30.00 10.70 00523059

DN(mm)

P(mm)

A(mm)

A1(mm)

A2(mm)

D(mm)

D1(mm)

15 80.4 128.0 96 90 20.00 43

20 77.8 144.0 106 100 25.00 53

25 78.0 160.0 116 110 32.00 60

32 81.4 168.0 116 110 40.00 74

40 85.2 188.0 127 120 50.00 83

50 91.5 212.0 136 130 63.00 103

P

A2A1A

D D1

-10 +10 +30 +50 +70 +90 +1100

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

PVC (PN 10)

P [bar]

T [°C]

1 Please observe the limit values of the installed sensor!






2012-03-28/00518313


Stainless steel T fitting with internal thread connection- Nominal widths DN 15 to DN 50



- Fitting material 1.4404 (316L)


Dimensions


[l/s]K3

[pulse/l]Sales no.

DN15 short 4.06 110.0 00547979

DN20 short 4.75 64.0 00547981

DN25 short 6.84 48.3 00547982

DN32 short 10.37 30.9 00547983

DN40 short 16.03 19.5 00547984

DN50 short 27.12 11.2 00547985

DN(mm)

P(mm)

A(mm)

D(Zoll)

L(mm)

15 80.3 84.0 G1/2 16

20 77.8 94.0 G3/4 17

25 78.0 104.0 G1 23.5

32 81.4 119.0 G1 1/4 23.5

40 85.4 129.0 G1 1/2 23.5

50 91.5 148.5 G2 27.5

A

L

D

P







2012-03-28/00518313



Stainless steel T fitting with external thread connection- Nominal widths DN 15 to DN 50





Dimensions


[l/s]K3

[pulse/l]Sales no.

DN15 short 4.06 110.0 00553853DN20 short 4.75 64.0 00553856DN25 short 6.84 48.3 00553862DN32 short 10.37 30.9 00553864DN40 short 16.03 19.5 00553866DN50 short 27.12 11.2 00553868

DN(mm)

P(mm)

A(mm)

D(Zoll)

D(mm)

L(mm)

15 80.3 84.0 G3/4 - 11.5

20 77.8 94.0 G1 - 13.5

25 78.0 104.0 G1 1/4 - 14.0

32 81.6 119.0 G1 1/2 - 18.0

40 85.4 129.0 M 55 x 2 19.0

50 91.5 148.5 M 64 x 2 20.0

A

L

D

P






2012-03-28/00518313


PE welded adapter- Nominal widths DN 65 to DN 400



- Fitting material PE




[l/s]K3

[pulse/l]Sales no.

DN65 short 42,72 8,32 00523060

DN80 short 61,44 5,49 00537732

DN100 short 91,44 3,51 00537733

DN125 long 196,08 2,66 00537734

DN150 long 247,20 2,12 00537735

DN200 long 537,60 0,98 00537737

DN250 long 832,80 0,63 00537738

DN300 long 1224,00 0,42 00537740

DN350 long 1692,00 0,30 00537741

DN400 long 2234,40 0,23 00537742

DN(mm)

H(mm)

H1(mm)

H2(mm)

65 72.5 13.0 -

80 72.5 15.6 -

100 72.5 19.0 5.0

125 102.0 24.2 8.0

150 102.0 27.7 10.0

200 102.0 38.9 16.0

250 102.0 48.4 21.0

300 102.0 54.5 24.0

350 120.0 61.3 28.0

400 102.0 69.1 31.5

H

H1

39

H2

-10 +10 +30 +50 +70 +90 +1100

2

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

PE (PN 10)

P [bar]

T [°C]







2012-03-28/00518313


Stainless steel welded adapter with radius- Nominal widths DN 50 to DN 350





Dimensions


[l/s]K3

[pulse/l]Sales no.

DN50 short 27.84 13.00 00553874

DN65 short 48.00 7.86 00553875DN80 short 68.40 5.52 00553877DN100 short 118.08 3.20 00553878DN125 short 187.20 2.00 00553879DN150 short 236.16 1.32 00553881DN200 short 504.00 0.72 00553882DN250 long 746.40 0.50 00553883DN300 long 1072.80 0.35 00553885DN350 long 1461.60 0.26 00553887

DN(mm)

A(mm)

B(mm)

R(mm)

50 56.6 61.6 30.2

65 54.5 58.6 36.7

80 53.1 56.4 44.5

100 50.7 53.2 57.2

125 48.2 50.3 70.7

150 45.7 47.4 84.2

200 41.0 42.3 109.6

250 73.6 74.7 136.6

300 67.8 68.7 162.0

350 63.9 64.7 177.8

B

RR0.5

A+

0.1







2012-03-28/00518313



PP connecting clamp- Nominal widths DN 50 to DN 200

- Maximum pressure PN 101

- Maximum temperature 80°C1

- Fitting materials PP (housing) and PVC (clamp)

- Sealant EPDM




[l/s]K3

[pulse/l]Sales no.

DN50 long

see Operating instructions B 406090

00553889DN65 long 00553890DN80 long 00553891DN100 long 00553893DN110 long 00553894DN125 long 00553895DN150 long 00553898DN180 long 00553900DN200 long 00553901

DN(mm)

P(mm)

H(mm)

D(mm)

D1(mm)

50 116.0 155 116 63

65 115.0 160 129 75

80 119.0 171 144 90

100 124.0 187 166 110

110 120.0 191 181 125

125 127.0 205 196 140

150 137.0 225 216 160

180 161.0 271 266 200

200 173.0 291 290 225

P [bar]

T [°C]

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0-10 +10 +30 +50 +70 +90 +110

PP (PN 10)

P

DD1

H






2012-03-28/00518313


Selecting the nominal width of the tubeExample:Nominal flow speed: 10 m3/hDesired medium speed: 2 to 3 m/sSelect tubing with DN40.

Flow rate quantity of the medium

m3/h

0.1 0.3 0.5 1 3 5 10

0.01

0.02

0.05

0.1

0.2

0.5

1

2

5

10

20

50

100

200

0.2

0.5

1

2

5

10

20

50

100

200

500

1000

2000

3000

l/min

0.3 0.5 1 3 5 10 30

m/s

fps

US gpm

0.05

0.1

0.2

0.5

1

2

5

10

20

50

100

200

500

1000

DN 65

DN 50

DN 40

DN 32

DN 25

DN 20

DN 15

500

1000

2000

2000

5000

10000

500020000

5000

10000

20000

30000

50000

100000

DN 400

DN 350

DN 300

DN 250

DN 200

DN 150

DN 125

DN 100

DN 80







2013-08-12/00089193

Accessories for Pressure gauges

Part no. Figure ND Connection Material

Stopcock DIN 16261, socket × socket

48040600 25 1/2" pipe Brass

00310344 6 1/4" pipe Brass

Stopcock DIN 16261, nipple × socket

48040601 25 1/2" pipe Brass

00310029 6 1/4" pipe

Stopcock DIN 16262, nipple × tension socket

48040604 25 1/2" pipe Brass

00309860 25 1/2" pipe Stainless Steel Ref. 1.4571

Stop valve DIN 16270, nipple × tension socket

00309858 250 1/2" pipe Brass

00323311 250 1/4" pipe

00310346 400 1/2" pipe Steel

00310347 400 1/2" pipe Stainless steel Ref. 1.4571

Stop valve DIN 16271, nipple × tension socket

00310348 Test nipple M20 × 1,5 250 1/2" pipe Brass

00310349 400 1/2" pipe Steel


00310350 Test flange 60 × 25 250 1/2" pipe Brass

00310351 400 1/2" pipe Steel


Test cock DIN 16263, nipple × tension socket

00310353 Test nipple M20 × 1,5 25 1/2" pipe Brass


2013-08-12/00089193







Part no. Figure ND Connection Material

Test cock DIN 16263, nipple x tension socket

00310355 Test flange 60 × 25 25 1/2" pipe Brass


Druck-Stoßdämpfer (adjustable)with restrictor screw in entry duct, locked at the side

48040611 250 1/2" pipe Brass

00310072 600 1/2" pipe Steel


Part no. Figure Shape Connection Material

Water traps DIN 16282, Inlet: nipple, Outlet: tension socket

48040605 A 1/2" pipe Steel

00310339 A 1/2" pipe Stainless steel Ref. 1.4571

48040606 C 1/2" pipe Steel

00310357 C 1/2" pipe Stainless steel Ref. 1.4571

Water traps similar DIN 16270, Inlet: nipple, Outlet: nipple

00310359 U 1/2" pipe Steel

00310360 U 1/2" pipe Stainless steel Ref. 1.4571

00310080 T 1/2" pipe Steel

00309855 T 1/2" pipe Stainless steel Ref. 1.4571

2013-08-12/00089193







Part no. Figure Shape Reach Material

Instrument bracket DIN 16281

00056166 Hfor mounting on wall

100 mm Aluminium

00387946 Afor mounting on wall or 2" pipe

100 mm Cast iron

Instrument bracket DN 43, for pressure transmitter type 403025, 403026, 405052, 405054

00588435 for mounting on wall 100 mm Stainless steel Ref. 1.4571

00597711 for mounting on wall or 2" pipe

100 mm Stainless steel

Part no. Figure Connection Material

Connectors for instrument bracket DIN 16281

00056164 1/2" pipe Brass

00056165 1/2" pipe Stainless steel Ref. 1.4571

Part no. Figure Length Connection Material

Cooler internal dia. 2 mm

00082371 129 mm 1/2" pipe Stainless steel Ref. 1.4571

2013-08-12/00089193







Capillary (extension) internal dia. 2 mm

00063601 1 m 1/2" pipe Stainless steel Ref. 1.457100053784 2 m 1/2" pipe

00063602 3 m 1/2" pipe

00405415 4 m 1/2" pipe

00372354 5 m 1/2" pipe

Part no. Figure Thread Material

tension sockets DIN 16283 (flat)

48040608 1/2" pipe Steel

48040609 1/2" pipe Stainless steel Ref. 1.4571

Part no. Figure Connection Material

Seals DIN 16258 (flat)

00083564 1/4" pipe Uni „N“ blue

00055240 1/4" pipe Copper

00054765 1/2" pipe

00083563 1/4" pipe Stainless steel Ref. 1.457100083565 1/2" pipe

Union nut with nipple similar to DIN 16284

00313785 1/4" pipe Stainless steel Ref. 1.457100313921 1/2" pipe


Adapters socket nipple

00068963 1/4" pipe 3/8" pipe Brass

00026268 1/4" pipe 1/2" pipe

00052964 1/2" pipe 1/4" pipe

00319792 1/2" pipe 3/4" pipe

00056916 1/2" pipe M20 × 1,5

00053675 1/2" pipe 1/4" pipe Stainless steel Ref. 1.457100053674 1/2" pipe 3/8" pipe

00319980 1/2" pipe 3/4" pipe

00319708 1/2" pipe M20 × 1,5

00053676 1/2" pipe 1/2-14 NPT

00060609 1/4" pipe 1/2" pipe

00053671 1/2" pipe 1/2" pipe

00361827 3/4" pipe 1/2" pipe

Part no. Figure Length Connection Material

2013-08-12/00089193







Double nipple nipple nipple

00060594 1/4" pipe 1/4" pipe Stainless steel Ref. 1.457100434164 1/2" pipe 1/4-18 NPT

00512584 1/2" pipe 1/2-14 NPT

00512585 1/2-14 NPT 1/2-14 NPT







2011-03-11/00073186


2011-03-11/00073186

Manifolds

Data Sheet 409706

3-valve manifold

5-valve manifold

Brief descriptionManifolds are used in conjunction with pressure measuring instruments. They are used as ashut-off valve and for adjusting the zero point of the pressure measuring device.

Overview

Type Application Page

2-valve manifold Relative and absolute pressure measuring instruments

2 - 3

3-valve manifold Differential pressure measuring instruments 4 - 9

5-valve manifold Differential pressure measuring instruments 10 - 13

2-valve manifold






2011-03-11/00073186


2-valve manifold

2-valve manifold PN 420 DN 5for pressure measuring instruments with 1/2" NPT and G1/2 connection

Connection diagram

Key features■ Surface: phosphatized steel

■ External stem thread

■ Stem with cold-rolled surface, with back seat and crimped valve tip

■ Special designs are available on request

■ Manifolds can be supplied in accordance with the NACE specification

1

2

3

1 Process input

2 Measuring instrument output

3 Test / vent

Dimensions

27

Sales number40/00561605

Sales number40/00550362






2011-03-11/00073186


Technical data

1 Also available in an oil and grease-free version for oxygen use (note ordering instruction B3).2 Available with inspection certificate as defined by EN 10204/3.1.3 PTCFE or POM valve tips available on request.


Nominal pressure PN 420

1 PTFE packing2 Pure graphite packing 1.04603 Pure graphite packing 1.4404

Materials1

Housing2

BonnetValve stemValve tip3

Packingup to 200°Cup to 450°Cup to 550°C

Gland nutT-handleScrew plug

Stainless steel 1.4404 / 316LStainless steel 1.4401 / 316Stainless steel 1.4404Stainless steel 1.4571

PTFEPure graphite 1.0460Pure graphite 1.4404Stainless steel 1.4301Stainless steelStainless steel 1.4404

Process connectionsSales number: 40/00xxxxxx

InputOutput

Sales number: 40/00550362InputOutput

1/2" NPT female1/2" NPT female

1/2" NPT femaleG1/2 female, swivel nut

Test and vent 1/4" NPT with screw plug

Version Sales number

2-valve manifold, input: 1/2 NPT, output: 1/2 NPT 40/00561605

2-valve manifold, input: 1/2 NPT, output: G1/2, rotating 40/00550362

100 200 300 400 500 6000

100

200

300

400

500

P [bar]

T [°C]

1 2 3






2011-03-11/00073186


3-valve manifold PN 400 DN 5for direct mounting according to DIN 19213

Connection diagram

Key features■ Housing: die-pressed part

■ Surface: phosphatized steel

■ Internal stem threads

■ Replaceable valve seat


■ Plastic handwheels


1

2

1

21 Process input


3-valve manifold

Dimensions

Input 14 x 2.5weld ends






2011-03-11/00073186


Technical data

1 Also available in an oil and grease-free version for oxygen use.2 Available with inspection certificate as defined by EN 10204/3.1.



1 PTFE packing2 Pure graphite packing

Materials1

Housing2

BonnetValveValve stemValve tipPacking

up to 200°Cup to 300°C

Union nutWeld ends

Stainless steel 1.4571Stainless steel 1.4571Stainless steel 1.4571Stainless steel 1.4571Stainless steel 1.4571

PTFEPure graphiteStainless steel 1.4571Stainless steel 1.4571

Process connectionsInput 12 SInput 14 x 2.5Output IEC A

Tube fitting ø 12 mm, series S, G 3/8Weld ends for tube ø 14 x 2.5 mmDIN 19213 Type B3

Mounting setM107/16-20 UNF

4 M10 screws, 4 washers, 2 FPM sealing rings4 7/16-20 UNF screws, 4 washers, 2 FPM sealing rings


3-valve manifold 12 S / IEC A, incl. M10 mounting set 40/00308191

3-valve manifold 12 S / IEC A, incl. 7/16-20 UNF mounting set 40/00552040

3-valve manifold 14 x 2.5 / IEC A, incl. M10 mounting set 40/00558635

3-valve manifold 14 x 2.5 / IEC A, incl. 7/16-20 UNF mounting set 40/00558636

100 200 300 400 500 6000

100

200

300

400

500

P [bar]

T [°C]

1 2






2011-03-11/00073186


3-valve manifold PN 420 DN 5for remote mounting

Connection diagram






1

2

1

21 Process input


3-valve manifold

Dimensions






2011-03-11/00073186


Technical data





Materials1

Housing2



Gland nutT-handle


PTFEPure graphite 1.0460Pure graphite 1.4404Stainless steel 1.4301Stainless steel

Process connectionsInputOutput

1/2" NPT female1/2" NPT female


3-valve manifold 1/2 NPT / 1/2 NPT, without mounting set 40/00561608

100 200 300 400 500 6000

100

200

300

400

500

P [bar]

T [°C]

1 2 3






2011-03-11/00073186


3-valve manifold PN 420 DN 5for direct connection according to EN IEC 61518

Connection diagram


■ Internal stem thread




1

2

1

21 Process input


3-valve manifold

Dimensions






2011-03-11/00073186


Technical data





Materials1

Housing2



Gland nutT-handle


PTFEPure graphite 1.0460Pure graphite 1.4404Stainless steel 1.4301Stainless steel

Process connectionsInputOutput

1/2" NPT femaleIEC, Type A




3-valve manifold 1/2 NPT / IEC A, incl. M10 mounting set 40/00561619

3-valve manifold 1/2 NPT / IEC A, incl. 7/16-20 UNF mounting set 40/00561621

100 200 300 400 500 6000

100

200

300

400

500

P [bar]

T [°C]

1 2 3






2011-03-11/00073186


5-valve manifold PN 400 DN 5for direct connection according to DIN 19213

Connection diagram

Key features■ Housing: die-pressed part

■ Surface: phosphatized steel

■ Internal stem thread

■ Replaceable valve seat



■ Accessories: 1 socket wrench

1

2

1

23 31 Process input


3 Purge

5-valve manifold

Dimensions

Input 14 x 2.5weld ends






2011-03-11/00073186


Technical data





Materials1

Housing2

BonnetValve stemValve tipValve seatPacking

up to 200°Cup to 300°C

Union nut

Stainless steel 1.4571Stainless steel 1.4571Stainless steel 1.4571Stainless steel 1.4571Stainless steel 1.4571

PTFEPure graphiteStainless steel 1.4571

Process connectionsInput / purge 12 SOutput 14 x 2.5Output IEC A

Tube fitting ø 12 mm, series S, G 3/8, DIN 19213 Type B3Weld ends for tube ø 14x2.5 mmDIN 19213, Type B3



Version Salesnumber

5-valve manifold 12 S / IEC A, incl. M10 mounting set 40/00387943

5-valve manifold 12 S / IEC A, incl. 7/16-20 UNF mounting set 40/00387952

5-valve manifold 14 x 2.5 / IEC A, incl. M10 mounting set 40/00561611

5-valve manifold 14 x 2.5 / IEC A, incl. 7/16-20 UNF mounting set 40/00561613

100 200 300 400 500 6000

100

200

300

400

500

P [bar]

T [°C]

1 2






2011-03-11/00073186


5-valve manifold PN 420 DN 5

Connection diagram






1

2

1

2

3 3

1 Process input


3 Test / vent

5-valve manifold

DimensionsVersion: for remote mounting

Version: for direct mounting






2011-03-11/00073186


Technical data

1 Also available in an oil and grease-free version for oxygen use.2 Available with inspection certificate as defined by EN 10204/3.1.3 PTCFE or POM valve tips available on request.



Materials1

Housing2



Gland nutT-handleScrew plug


PTFEPure graphite 1.0460Pure graphite 1.4404Stainless steel 1.4301Stainless steelStainless steel 1.4404

Process connectionsInput 1/2 NPTOutput 1/2 NPTOutput IEC, Type A

1/2" NPT female1/2" NPT femaleIEC Type A

Test and vent 1/4" NPT female with screw plug




5-valve manifold 1/2 NPT / 1/2 NPT, without mounting set 40/00561614

5-valve manifold 1/2 NPT / IEC A, incl. M10 mounting set 40/00561616

5-valve manifold 1/2 NPT / IEC A, incl. 7/16-20 UNF mounting set 40/00561617

Seite 1/7






JUMO PEKA Process Connection Adapter with EHEDG

Brief descriptionThe process connection combines the measuring instrument (different physical measurementvariables or electrolytic conductivity) with a process connection adapter that is suitable for theapplication. Starting with a system that eliminates dead zones and a design that allows for goodcleaning, the adapter system is specially constructed for the requirements of hygienic processesand is built and certified in accordance with EHEDG guidelines.The rigid connecting piece with the adapter, which is designed to rotate, protects the O-ring thatis located flush with the front from damage resulting from assembly and also makes it possibleto align the measuring instrument. The modular adapter system provides a fast, easy way to replace the measuring instrument, forexample for calibration.Possible applications include:• Food and beverage industry• Pharmaceutical industry• Biotechnology• Peripheral processes (water and wastewater treatment)


Hygienic design, parts in contact with medium made of stainless steel. This and a system de-sign that eliminates dead zones prevents microbial contamination, thereby ensuring the high-est level of process safety

• Uncomplicated and time-savingThe modular adapter system can be used for numerous measuring instruments and is avail-able with a wide range of process connection adapters. The measuring instrument can be mounted and removed any number of times. Reduced time for assembly, cleaning, and repair processes keeps system downtimes and the costs associated with them to a minimum.

• FlexibleWith the 360° rotating connection adapter, the measuring instrument can be aligned individu-ally in a user-friendly manner to ensure optimum legibility and electrical installation in any mounting position.


Data sheet 409711

2014-06-02/00448094

2014-06-02/00448094

Data sheet 409711 Seite 2/7








Surface mounting adapter system

Measuring instruments

Process connection JUMO PEKA 997(process connection in the data sheet of the relevant measuring instrument: 997)

Material 1.4435 (316L)

Surface Ra ≤ 0.8

Mark of conformity Testing center Certificate/test number Test basis applies to

EHEDG TUM MAK No. 02/2006 Document No 8 Process connection 997JUMO PEKA

Pressure Temperature Liquid analysis

Pressure transmitter Resistance thermometers Electrolytic conductivity

402050 JUMO dTRANS p31402060 JUMO Wtrans p403025 JUMO dTRANS p20404366 JUMO dTRANS p30404385 JUMO dTRANS p02405052 JUMO DELOS SI

902810 Resistance thermometers902815 JUMO Dtrans T100

202924 JUMO tecLine CR202930 JUMO tecLine CR-4P

(1) Rear seal

(2) Front flush seal

(1)

(2)

2014-06-02/00448094







Process connection adapter (dimensions)

Varivent connection adapter

Clamp connection adapter

Varivent DN 25/32Sales no. 00446324

Varivent DN 40-125Sales no. 00445046

Clamp DN 25/32/40Sales no. 00445047

Clamp DN 50Sales no. 00445037

DNDIN 32676

DN(Zoll)

DNISO 2852

Ø D1 Ø D2

25 11.5

20 43.5 50.5

32 25

40 32

50 2 40 56.5 64

2014-06-02/00448094







Aseptic connection adapter

Welding sockets

Aseptic DN 40Sales no. 00446458

Aseptic DN 50Sales no. 00445035

Aseptic NKS DN 40Sales no. 00447555

Welding socketSales no. 00447190

Orbital welding socket DN 25Sales no. 00530211



2014-06-02/00448094







Blind grommet DRD flange

Sales no. 00538367 Sales no. 00579359

2014-06-02/00448094







Soldering guidelinesThe soldering guidelines apply to all welding sleeves listed in type sheet 409711.

Welding the PEKA welding sleeves in tanks (figure 1) and pipes (figure 2)1) Drill a hole with the same external diameter as the sleeve, observing a max. tolerance of +0.2 mm2) Position the welding sleeve and fasten it provisionally at four points..3) Screw the welding aid in place.4) It is advisable to divide the weld into several segments, in accordance with conventional welding practice.

Weld the sections between opposite points to avoid deformation and sealing problems.5) After welding two segments, pause the welding process until the weld has cooled.6) Allow the welding sleeve to cool after welding and remove the welding aid.

Important information!To prevent the sleeve from melting or warping, the pauses between the individual sections should be timed to allow the sleeve to cool.

Welding dummy

Figure 1: Welding in tanks Figure 2: Welding in pipes

Sales no. 00538369

2014-06-02/00448094







Accessories

Notice regarding orders

NOTE!Process connection 997 must be selected in the data sheet of the relevant measuring instrument!

Order details

NOTE!Please order seal matching to application.

A Process connection JUMO PEKA 997, see page 3

Process connection adaptera

a Additional sizes available on request.

Material Sales no.

Varivent DN 25/32 316L 00446324

Varivent DN 40 to 125 316L 00445046

Clamp DN 25/32/40 according to DIN 32676;DN 20, 25, 32 to ISO 2852;DN 1, 1.5“

316L 00445047

Clamp DN 50 according to DIN 32676; DN 40 to ISO 2852; DN 2“

316L 00445037

Aseptic screw connection DN 40 according to EN 11864-1A 316L 00446458

Aseptic screw connection DN 50 according to EN 11864-1A 316L 00445035

Aseptic clamp connection NKS DN 40 according to EN 11864-3A 316L 00447555

Welding socket Ø 55 mm 316L 00447190

Orbital welding socket DN 25 316L 00530211



Rear sealb (spare part)

b In conjunction with a measuring instrument the seal is included in delivery of process connection 997.

O-ring 26 × 2.5 VMQ 00451344

Front flush seal

O-ring 21 × 2.5 VMQ 00446160

O-ring 21 × 2.5 EPDM 00446162

O-ring 21 × 2.5 FPM 00446738

Blind grommet for orbital welding socket 316L 00538367

Welding dummy for orbital welding socket Brass 2.0401 00538369

DRD flange 316L 00579359






Page 1/2

Pipe pressure separator Type 409772/18-...

D

LL1

G d 1

Diaphragm pressure separator Type 409772/17-...

Data Sheet 40.9772

2010-02-19/00394499

Pressure separator withtaper fitting or threaded adaptorDIN 11 851 (milk pipe fitting)Type 409772

Technical dataProcess

connectionNominal pressure

bar

Recommendedmin. pressure

rangebar

Temperaturecoefficient

mbar/10°C

Weight(without

meas. device)kg

Dimensions[mm]

dM D thread G f m k

DN25

PN40

above 6 +20 0.50 28 44 Rd 52 x 1/6

1018

21DN32 above 2 +12 0.65 34 50 Rd 58 x 1/6

DN40 above 0.4 +6 0.73 38 56 Rd 65 x 1/6

DN50 PN25 above 0.1 +3 1.10 46 68 Rd 78 x 1/6 11 22

Technical data

Processconnection

Nominalpressure

bar


rangebar


mbar/10°C

Weight(without

meas. device)kg

Dimensions[mm]

L L1 D thread G d1

DN40PN40

above 0.4 +6 3.20 126 140 38.0 Rd 65 x 1/6 78

DN50 above 0.1 +3 2.55 100 114 50.7 Rd 78 x 1/6 88

dM

DG

fm k


2010-02-19/00394499






Order details

1 only for pressure separators with taper fitting (basic type extension 17)2 please specify in plain text when ordering

(1) Basic type409772 pressure separator with taper fitting DIN 11 851 or threaded adaptor DIN 11 851

(2) Basic type extension17 diaphragm pressure separator with taper fitting and ring nut18 pipe pressure separator with threaded adaptor

(3) Process connection604 DN251

605 DN321

606 DN40607 DN50

(4) Nominal pressure in bar025 PN251

040 PN40(5) Material

20 st. steel99 special material2

(6) Filling liquid1 silicone oil2 halogenized silicone oil3 vegetable oil

(7) Capillary0000 no capillary0001 with cooling device1000 1.0 m capillary1500 1.5 m capillary2000 2.0 m capillary3000 3.0 m capillary5000 5.0 m capillary

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

Order code / - - - - -

Order example 409772 / 18 - 606 - 040 - 20 - 3 - 1500

/2







Pipe pressure separator Type 409774/18-...

L

D d1

d2

dM

D

Data Sheet 40.9774

2010-02-19/00394501

Pressure separator with clamp connectionType 409774


connectionNominalpressure

bar

Recommended min. pressure

rangebar


mbar/10°C

Weight(without

meas. device)kg

Dimensions[mm]

dM D

DN 1½"PN40

above 0.4 +12 0.32 34 50.5

DN 2" above 0.1 +3 0.70 45 64

Technical data

Processconnection

Nominalpressure

bar


rangebar


mbar/10°C

Weight(without

meas. device)kg

Dimensions[mm]

L D d1 d2

DN 1½"PN40

above 0.4 +12 0.99 126 35.5 40 50.5

DN 2" above 0.1 +3 1.69 100 48.6 55 64


2010-02-19/00394501






Order details

1 please specify in plain text when ordering

(1) Basic type409774 pressure separator with clamp connection

(2) Basic type extension17 diaphragm pressure separator18 pipe pressure separator

(3) Process connection615 DN1½"616 DN2"


(5) Material20 st. steel99 special material1

(6) Filling liquid1 silicone oil2 halogenized filling oil3 vegetable oil


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

Order code -

Order example 409774 - 18 616 040 20 3 1500

/2






dM

D

Diaphragm pressure separator with DRD flange

d = ø46M

ø65

ø84

ø105

4 x ø10.5

16

.5

Data Sheet 40.9776

2010-02-19/00394504

Pressure separator with DRD flangeor Varivent connection



bar


rangebar


mbar/10°C

Weight(without

meas. device)kg

D = 65 PN40 above 0.1 +3 0.8

Diaphragm pressure separator with Varivent connection

Technical data

1 only for pipe diameters 40 to 125 mm

Processconnection

Nominalpressure

bar


rangebar


mbar/10°C

Weight(without

meas. device)kg

Dimensions[mm]

dM D

D = 681 PN10 above 0.1 +3 0.82 46 68


2010-02-19/00394504






Order details

1 only for pipe diameters 40 to 125 mm2 only for pressure separators with Varivent connection (process connection 686)3 only for pressure separators with DRD flange (process connection 661)4 please specify in plain text when ordering

(1) Basic type409776 pressure separator with DRD flange or Varivent connection


(3) Process connection661 DRD flange, D = 65 mm686 Varivent connection, D = 68 mm1

(4) Nominal pressure in bar010 PN10 2

040 PN40 3

(5) Material20 st. steel99 special material 4

(6) Filling liquid1 silicone oil2 inert liquid3 vegetable oil


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)


Order example 409776 / 00 - 661 - 040 - 20 - 3 - 1500

/3






SW

dM

DG

fm k

Diaphragm pressure separator with ISS connection

Data Sheet 40.9778

2010-02-19/00394507

Pressure separator with ISS connectionor SMS connectionor RJT connectionand slotted ring nutType 409778



bar


rangebar


mbar/10°C

Weight(without

meas. device)kg

Dimensions[mm]

a/f dM D thread G f m k

DN1"

PN40

above 6 +30 0.35 47 24 33 11/2 x 1/8"

4 26.5 30DN1½" above 0.4 +12 0.59 62 34 47 2 x 1/8"

DN2" above 0.1 +3 1.00 77 45 60 21/2 x 1/8"

a/f


2010-02-19/00394507






dM

DG

fm k

dM

DG

fm k

Diaphragm pressure separator with RJT connection

Diaphragm pressure separator with SMS connection



bar


rangebar


mbar/10°C

Weight(without

meas. device)kg

Dimensions[mm]

dM D thread G f m k

DN1"

PN40

above 6 +30 0.22 24 35.5 Rd40 x 1/6" 3.5 15.5 20

DN1½" above 0.4 +12 0.60 34 55 Rd60 x 1/6"4 21

25

DN2" above 0.1 +3 1.00 46 65 Rd70 x 1/6" 26



bar


rangebar


mbar/10°C

Weight(without

meas. device)kg

Dimensions[mm]

dM D thread G f m k

DN1"

PN40

above 6 +30 0.40 20 41 113/16 x 1/8"

6.4

18 22

DN1½" above 0.4 +12 0.75 28 54 25/16 x 1/8"18 22

DN2" above 0.1 +6 1.00 38 67 27/8 x 1/6"


2010-02-19/00394507






Order details


(1) Basic type409778 pressure separator with ISS connection or with SMS connection or with RJT connection and slotted ring nut


(3) Process connection587 ISS DN1"588 ISS DN11/2"589 ISS DN2"584 SMS DN1"585 SMS DN11/2"586 SMS DN2"577 RJT DN1"578 RJT DN11/2"579 RJT DN2"



(6) Filling liquid1 silicone oil2 halogenized oil3 vegetable oil


(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

Order code / - - - -

Order example 409778 / 00 - 588 040 - 20 - 3 - 1500

/3






Diaphragm chemical seal 4MDV-10 with flange connection to EN 1092-1 Form B1with DN15, 20 and 25 connections with DN50 connection

Data Sheet 40.9780

2010-02-19/00432165

Diaphragm Chemical Seals 4MDV-10Type 409780



Recomm.minimum

rangebar

Weight(without

meas. device)kg

Dimensions[mm]

DN d2 k d1 b d g g2

DN15

PN 40 — 100

0 — 1 1.85 15 45 65 9969

99 G1/24 x M 12DN20

0 — 0.6

1.95 20 58 75 105

DN25 2.00 25 68 85 115 66

DN50 3.35 50 102 125 165 64 4 x ø 18

drawn displaced 45°drawn displaced 45°


2010-02-19/00432165






Diaphragm chemical seal 4MDV-10 with G1/2 screw connection



Recomm.minimum

rangebar

Weight(without

meas. device)kg

Dimensions[mm]

G a/f c c1 c2 b d g

G1/2 PN 40 — 250 0 — 1 1.43 G1/2 22 6 3 20 90 99 G1/2

a/f


2010-02-19/00432165






Order details

1 Please specify in plain text when ordering2 Only with process connection 504 "G1/2 screw connection"

(1) Basic type409780 Diaphragm chemical seal 4MDV-10

(2) Process connection504 G1/2 screw connection726 DN15 flange connection727 DN20 flange connection728 DN25 flange connection729 DN50 flange connection

(3) Nominal pressure in bar040 PN40100 PN100250 PN250 2

(4) Material20 stainless steel99 special material1

(5) Filling medium1 silicone oil99 special filling medium1

(6) Capillary0000 without capillary1000 1.0 m capillary1500 1.5 m capillary2000 2.0 m capillary3000 3.0 m capillary5000 5.0 m capillary

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

Order code / - - - -

Order example 409780 / 504 - 040 - 20 - 1 - 1000

/2






dM

Gd1

k

dd2

SW

Diaphragm pressure separator ISO 228/1

Data Sheet 40.9782

2010-02-19/00394509

Pressure separator with male threadISO 228/1or ANSI B 1.201Type 409782


connectionthread G

Nominalpressure

bar


rangebar


mbar/10°C

Weight(without

meas. device)kg

Dimensions[mm]

a/f dM d1 d d2 k

1" pipe B

PN600

above 10 +20 0.4041

28 29 39 a/f 41 21

1½" pipe B above 0.4 +12 1.08 38 44 55 5830

2" pipe B above 0.1 +3 1.95 65 46 56 68 78

Diaphragm pressure separator ANSI B 1.201

U/I

P

SW

G

d 2

d M

k



bar


rangebar


mbar/10°C

Weight(without

meas. device)kg

Dimensions[mm]

a/f dM d2 k

1" NPT

PN600

above 10 +20 0.55 41 24 (a/f 41) 28

1½" NPT above 0.4 +12 1.00 46 32 5230

2" NPT above 0.1 +6 1.92 65 38 78

a/f

a/f


2010-02-19/00394509






Order details


(1) Basic type409782 pressure separator with male thread ISO 228/1 or ANSI B 1.201


(3) Process connection572 1" pipe B (ISO 228/1)570 1½" pipe B (ISO 228/1)569 2" pipe B (ISO 228/1)514 1" NPT (ANSI B1.201)515 1½" NPT (ANSI B1.201)516 2" NPT (ANSI B1.201)





(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)


Order example 409782 / 00 - 572 - 600 - 20 - 3 - 1500

/3






dM

bf

kD

g2

D2

Diaphragm chemical seal without tube

Data Sheet 40.9784

2010-02-19/00394511

Chemical Seals with flange connectionEN 1092-1with sealing lip Form B1Type 409784



bar


rangebar

Weight(without

meas. device)kg

Dimensions[mm]

D d2 dM f g2 k b

DN25 PN40 0 - 4 1.40 115 68 28 2 4 x Ø14 85 18

DN50

PN40

0 - 1

3.00 165

102 52 3

4 x Ø18 125 20

PN64 4.60 180 4 x Ø22 135 26

PN100 5.70 195 4 x Ø26 145 28

PN160 6.15 195 4 x Ø26 145 30

PN250 7.70 200 8 x Ø26 150 38

PN320 9.50 210 8 x Ø26 160 42

PN400 14.70 235 8 x Ø30 180 52

DN80

PN16

0 - 0.6

4.35 200

138 80 3

8 x Ø18 160 20

PN40 5.25 200 8 x Ø18 160 24

PN64 6.95 215 8 x Ø22 170 28

PN100 8.85 230 8 x Ø26 180 32

PN160 10.05 230 8 x Ø26 180 36

PN250 15.70 255 8 x Ø30 200 46

DN100PN16

0 - 0.64.75 220 158

80 38 x Ø18 180 20

PN40 6.65 235 162 8 x Ø22 190 24


2010-02-19/00394511






dM

lbf

d3

d2

kD

g2

Diaphragm chemical seal with tube



bar


rangebar

Weight(without

meas. device)kg

Dimensions[mm]

D d2 d3 dM f g2 k b l

DN50 PN40 0 - 1

3.44

165 102 48.3 45 3 4 x Ø18 125 20

50

3.76 100

4.07 150

4.37 200

DN80

PN16

0 - 0.6

5.25

200 138 76 72 3 8 x Ø18 160

20

50

5.81 100

6.37 150

6.92 200

PN40

6.15

24

50

6.71 100

7.27 150

7.82 200

DN100

PN16

0 - 0.6

6.25

220 158

94 80 3

8 x Ø18 180 20

50

7.50 100

8.75 150

10.00 200

PN40

8.15

235 162 8 x Ø22 190 24

50

9.40 100

10.70 150

12.00 200


2010-02-19/00394511






Order details


Accessory

Flushing deviceConnections to EN 1092-1, sealing lip Form B1, and former DIN 2526, sealing lip Form D

(1) Basic type409784 Chemical seal with flange connection to EN 1092-1, with sealing lip Form B1

(2) Basic type extension00 no tube19 with tube

(3) Process connection632 DN25635 DN50637 DN80638 DN100

(4) Nominal pressure in bar016 PN16040 PN40064 PN64100 PN100160 PN160250 PN250320 PN320400 PN400

(5) Tube length000 no tube050 tube 50 mm long100 tube 100 mm long150 tube 150 mm long200 tube 200 mm long



(8) Capillay0000 no capillary0001 with cooling device1000 1.0 m capillary1500 1.5 m capillary2000 2.0 m capillary3000 3.0 m capillary5000 5.0 m capillary

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

Order code / - - - - - -

Order example 409784 / 19 - 635 - 040 - 050 - 20 - 3 - 1500

Processconnection

Nominalpressure

bar

Dimensions[mm] Weight

[kg]Sales No.

d1 d2 g h

DN50

PN 16 - 400

102 62

1/2"NPT 30

1.1 40/00432697

DN80 138 92 1.9 40/00438998

DN100 162 92 3.15 40/00439001






Page 1/3


dM

bf

kD

g2

d2

Data Sheet 40.9786

2010-02-19/00394514

Pressure separator withflange connectionto ANSI B 16.5with sealing lip Form RFType 409786



psi


rangebar

Weight(without

meas. device)kg

Dimensions[mm]

D d2 dM f g2 k b

DN2"

PN150

0 - 1

2.60 152

91.9 52

1.64 x Ø20 120.7 19.5

PN300 3.40 165 8 x Ø20 127 22.5

PN600 4.30 165

6.4

8 x Ø20 127 32

PN1500 10.30 216 8 x Ø26 163.1 44.5

PN2500 15.80 235 8 x Ø29 171.5 57.5

DN3"

PN150

0 - 0.6

5.10 191

127 80

1.64 x Ø20 152.4 24

PN300 7.00 210 8 x Ø23 168.1 28.5

PN600 8.60 210

6.4

8 x Ø23 168.1 38.5

PN900 13.30 241 8 x Ø26 190.5 44.5

PN1500 19.30 267 8 x Ø32 203.2 54.5

PN2500 35.00 305 8 x Ø36 228.6 73

DN4"

PN150

0 - 0.6

7.20 229

157.2 80

1.68 x Ø20 190.5 24

PN300 11.70 254 8 x Ø23 200.2 32

PN400 13.90 254

6.4

8 x Ø26 200.2 41.5

PN600 17.50 273 8 x Ø26 215.9 44.5

PN900 27.10 292 8 x Ø32 234.9 51


2010-02-19/00394514






dM

lbf

d3

d2

kD

g1

Diaphragm pressure separator Type 409786/19...



psi


rangebar

Weight(without

meas. device)kg

Dimensions[mm]

D d2 d3 dM f g2 k b l

DN2" PN300 0 - 0.1

3.84

165 91.9 48.3 45 1.6 8 x Ø20 127 22.5

50

4.16 100

4.47 150

4.77 200

DN3"

PN150

0 - 0.6

6.01

191

127 76 72 1.6

4 x Ø20 152.4 24

50

6.56 100

7.12 150

7.67 200

PN300

7.90

210 8 x Ø23 168.1 28.5

50

8.46 100

9.02 150

9.57 200

DN4"

PN150

0 - 0.6

8.63

229

157.2 94 80 1.6

8 x Ø20 190.5 24

50

9.90 100

11.15 150

12.40 200

PN300

13.13

254 8 x Ø23 200.1 32

50

14.40 100

15.65 150

16.91 200


2010-02-19/00394514






Order details


(1) Basic type409786 pressure separator with flange connection to ANSI B 16.5, with sealing lip Form RF

(2) Basic type extension00 no tube19 with tube

(3) Process connection695 DN2"696 DN3"697 DN4"

(4) Nominal pressure in psi0150 PN1500300 PN3000400 PN4000600 PN6000900 PN9001500 PN15002500 PN2500

(5) Tube length000 no tube050 tube 50 mm long100 tube 100 mm long150 tube 150 mm long200 tube 200 mm long




(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

Order code / - - - - - -

Order example 409786 / 00 - 695 - 0300 - 000 - 20 - 3 - 1500

Pressure, Level, Flow - TEquipment

Documents

Transcript of Pressure, Level, Flow - TEquipment